Migratory Bird Hunting; Proposed Frameworks for Early-Season Migratory Bird Hunting Regulations; Notice of Meetings, 45375-45404 [2013-17876]
Download as PDF
Vol. 78
Friday,
No. 144
July 26, 2013
Part III
Department of the Interior
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Fish and Wildlife Service
50 CFR Part 20
Migratory Bird Hunting; Proposed Frameworks for Early-Season Migratory
Bird Hunting Regulations; Notice of Meetings; Proposed Rule
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:17 Jul 25, 2013
Jkt 229001
PO 00000
Frm 00001
Fmt 4717
Sfmt 4717
E:\FR\FM\26JYP2.SGM
26JYP2
45376
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 144 / Friday, July 26, 2013 / Proposed Rules
DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR
Fish and Wildlife Service
50 CFR Part 20
[Docket No. FWS–HQ–MB–2013–0057;
FF09M21200–134–FXMB1231099BPP0]
RIN 1018–AY87
Migratory Bird Hunting; Proposed
Frameworks for Early-Season
Migratory Bird Hunting Regulations;
Notice of Meetings
Fish and Wildlife Service,
Interior.
ACTION: Proposed rule; supplemental.
AGENCY:
The U.S. Fish and Wildlife
Service (hereinafter Service or we) is
proposing to establish the 2013–14
early-season hunting regulations for
certain migratory game birds. We
annually prescribe frameworks, or outer
limits, for dates and times when hunting
may occur and the maximum number of
birds that may be taken and possessed
in early seasons. Early seasons may
open as early as September 1, and
include seasons in Alaska, Hawaii,
Puerto Rico, and the U.S. Virgin Islands.
These frameworks are necessary to
allow State selections of specific final
seasons and limits and to allow
recreational harvest at levels compatible
with population status and habitat
conditions. This proposed rule also
provides the final regulatory alternatives
for the 2013–14 duck hunting seasons.
DATES: Comments: You must submit
comments on the proposed early-season
frameworks by August 5, 2013.
Meetings: The Service Migratory Bird
Regulations Committee (SRC) will meet
to consider and develop proposed
regulations for late-season migratory
bird hunting and the 2013 spring/
summer migratory bird subsistence
seasons in Alaska on July 31 and August
1, 2013. All meetings will commence at
approximately 8:30 a.m.
ADDRESSES: Comments: You may submit
comments on the proposals by one of
the following methods:
• Federal eRulemaking Portal: https://
www.regulations.gov. Follow the
instructions for submitting comments
on Docket No. FWS–HQ–MB–2013–
0057.
• U.S. mail or hand-delivery: Public
Comments Processing, Attn: FWS–HQ–
MB–2013–0057; Division of Policy and
Directives Management; U.S. Fish and
Wildlife Service; 4401 N. Fairfax Drive,
MS 2042–PDM; Arlington, VA 22203.
We will not accept emailed or faxed
comments. We will post all comments
on https://www.regulations.gov. This
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
SUMMARY:
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:17 Jul 25, 2013
Jkt 229001
generally means that we will post any
personal information you provide us
(see the Public Comments section below
for more information).
Meetings: The SRC will meet in room
200 of the U.S. Fish and Wildlife
Service’s Arlington Square Building,
4401 N. Fairfax Dr., Arlington, VA
22203.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Ron
W. Kokel, U.S. Fish and Wildlife
Service, Department of the Interior, MS
MBSP–4107–ARLSQ, 1849 C Street
NW., Washington, DC 20240; (703) 358–
1714.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
Regulations Schedule for 2013
On April 9, 2013, we published in the
Federal Register (78 FR 21200) a
proposal to amend 50 CFR part 20. The
proposal provided a background and
overview of the migratory bird hunting
regulations process, and addressed the
establishment of seasons, limits, and
other regulations for hunting migratory
game birds under §§ 20.101 through
20.107, 20.109, and 20.110 of subpart K.
Major steps in the 2013–14 regulatory
cycle relating to open public meetings
and Federal Register notifications were
also identified in the April 9 proposed
rule.
Further, we explained that all sections
of subsequent documents outlining
hunting frameworks and guidelines
were organized under numbered
headings. Those headings are:
1. Ducks
A. General Harvest Strategy
B. Regulatory Alternatives
C. Zones and Split Seasons
D. Special Seasons/Species Management
i. September Teal Seasons
ii. September Teal/Wood Duck Seasons
iii. Black ducks
iv. Canvasbacks
v. Pintails
vi. Scaup
vii. Mottled ducks
viii. Wood ducks
ix. Youth Hunt
x. Mallard Management Units
xi. Other
2. Sea Ducks
3. Mergansers
4. Canada Geese
A. Special Seasons
B. Regular Seasons
C. Special Late Seasons
5. White-fronted Geese
6. Brant
7. Snow and Ross’s (Light) Geese
8. Swans
9. Sandhill Cranes
10. Coots
11. Moorhens and Gallinules
12. Rails
13. Snipe
14. Woodcock
15. Band-tailed Pigeons
PO 00000
Frm 00002
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
16. Doves
17. Alaska
18. Hawaii
19. Puerto Rico
20. Virgin Islands
21. Falconry
22. Other
Subsequent documents will refer only
to numbered items requiring attention.
Therefore, it is important to note that we
will omit those items requiring no
attention, and remaining numbered
items will be discontinuous and appear
incomplete.
On June 14, 2013, we published in the
Federal Register (78 FR 35844) a second
document providing supplemental
proposals for early- and late-season
migratory bird hunting regulations. The
June 14 supplement also provided
detailed information on the 2013–14
regulatory schedule and announced the
SRC and Flyway Council meetings.
This document, the third in a series
of proposed, supplemental, and final
rulemaking documents for migratory
bird hunting regulations, deals
specifically with proposed frameworks
for early-season regulations and the
regulatory alternatives for the 2013–14
duck hunting seasons. It will lead to
final frameworks from which States may
select season dates, shooting hours, and
daily bag and possession limits for the
2013–14 season.
We have considered all pertinent
comments received through June 22,
2013, on the April 9 and June 14, 2013,
rulemaking documents in developing
this document. In addition, new
proposals for certain early-season
regulations are provided for public
comment. Comment periods are
specified above under DATES. We will
publish final regulatory frameworks for
early seasons in the Federal Register on
or about August 16, 2013.
Service Migratory Bird Regulations
Committee Meetings
Participants at the June 19–20, 2013,
meetings reviewed information on the
current status of migratory shore and
upland game birds and developed 2013–
14 migratory game bird regulations
recommendations for these species plus
regulations for migratory game birds in
Alaska, Puerto Rico, and the U.S. Virgin
Islands; special September waterfowl
seasons in designated States; special sea
duck seasons in the Atlantic Flyway;
and extended falconry seasons. In
addition, we reviewed and discussed
preliminary information on the status of
waterfowl.
Participants at the previously
announced July 31–August 1, 2013,
meetings will review information on the
current status of waterfowl and develop
E:\FR\FM\26JYP2.SGM
26JYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 144 / Friday, July 26, 2013 / Proposed Rules
recommendations for the 2013–14
regulations pertaining to regular
waterfowl seasons and other species and
seasons not previously discussed at the
early-season meetings. In accordance
with Department of the Interior policy,
these meetings are open to public
observation and you may submit
comments on the matters discussed.
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Population Status and Harvest
The following paragraphs provide
preliminary information on the status of
waterfowl and information on the status
and harvest of migratory shore and
upland game birds excerpted from
various reports. For more detailed
information on methodologies and
results, you may obtain complete copies
of the various reports at the address
indicated under FOR FURTHER
INFORMATION CONTACT or from our Web
site at https://www.fws.gov/
migratorybirds/
NewsPublicationsReports.html.
Waterfowl Breeding and Habitat Survey
Federal, provincial, and State
agencies conduct surveys each spring to
estimate the size of waterfowl breeding
populations and to evaluate the
conditions of the habitats. These
surveys are conducted using fixed-wing
aircraft, helicopters, and ground crews
and encompass principal breeding areas
of North America, covering an area over
2.0 million square miles. The traditional
survey area comprises Alaska, Canada,
and the northcentral United States, and
includes approximately 1.3 million
square miles. The eastern survey area
includes parts of Ontario, Quebec,
Labrador, Newfoundland, Nova Scotia,
Prince Edward Island, New Brunswick,
New York, and Maine, an area of
approximately 0.7 million square miles.
Overall, despite a delayed spring,
habitat conditions during the 2013
Waterfowl Breeding Population and
Habitat Survey were improved or
similar to last year in many areas due to
abundant winter or spring precipitation,
with the exception of eastern Canada,
the northeast United States, and
portions of Montana and the Dakotas.
The total pond estimate (Prairie Canada
and United States combined) was
6.9±0.2 million. This was 24 percent
higher than the 2012 estimate of 5.5±0.2
million ponds, and 35 percent higher
than the long-term average (1974–2012)
of 5.1±0.03 million ponds.
Traditional Survey Area (U.S. and
Canadian Prairies and Parklands)
Spring was much delayed across the
traditional survey area. Extreme
southern Saskatchewan, southern
Manitoba, and North Dakota received
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:17 Jul 25, 2013
Jkt 229001
abundant spring rainfall; most of this
moisture came too late for the majority
of waterfowl breeding this year, but
could benefit habitats into 2014. The
majority of the Canadian prairies had
above-average winter precipitation;
however, a poor frost seal was produced
and little runoff was observed. The
Parklands have improved from 2012,
and the boreal region has benefitted
from average annual precipitation. Most
of the Canadian portion of the
traditional survey area was rated as
good or excellent this year, in contrast
to the dry conditions last year across
northern Saskatchewan and Alberta.
The 2013 estimate of ponds in Prairie
Canada was 4.6±0.2 million. This was
17 percent higher than last year’s
estimate (3.9±0.1 million) and 32
percent higher than the 1961–2012
average (3.5±0.03 million).
The U.S. prairies received recordbreaking snowfall in April; however,
below-average early spring precipitation
in parts of Montana and the eastern
Dakotas resulted in fair to poor habitat
conditions. The 2013 estimate of ponds
in the north-central United States was
2.3±0.1 million, which was 41 percent
higher than last year’s estimate (1.7±0.1
million) and 42 percent higher than the
1974–2012 average (1.7±0.02 million).
Eastern Survey Area
Spring temperatures in the eastern
survey area were closer to normal than
in the traditional survey area. Winter
precipitation in southwestern Ontario,
southern Quebec, and most of the
Maritimes was below average. Eastern
Canada experienced near record low
winter precipitation but improved to the
north and east into the Maritimes. Much
of eastern Canada experienced excessive
late-spring rains, which may have
inhibited waterfowl production. Habitat
conditions ranged from fair, in Maine
and the southern Maritimes, to good in
Newfoundland and Labrador.
Status of Teal
The estimate of blue-winged teal from
the traditional survey area is 7.7
million. This count represents a 16
percent decrease from 2012, and is 60
percent above the 1955–2012 average.
Sandhill Cranes
Compared to increases recorded in the
1970s, annual indices to abundance of
the Mid-Continent Population (MCP) of
sandhill cranes have been relatively
stable since the early 1980s. The
preliminary spring 2013 index for
sandhill cranes in the Central Platte
River Valley (CPRV), Nebraska,
uncorrected for visibility bias, was
756,217 birds. This estimate is
PO 00000
Frm 00003
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
45377
significantly higher than the previous 5
years, which is likely due to late winter
weather in North and South Dakota
delaying any migration from the CPRV.
The photo-corrected, 3-year average for
2010–12 was 504,658, which is above
the established population-objective
range of 349,000–472,000 cranes. All
Central Flyway States, except Nebraska,
allowed crane hunting in portions of
their States during 2012–13. An
estimated 7,239 hunters participated in
these seasons, which was 7 percent
lower than the number that participated
in the previous season. Hunters
harvested 14,887 MCP cranes in the U.S.
portion of the Central Flyway during the
2012–13 seasons, which was 3 percent
lower than the harvest for the previous
year and 2 percent higher than the longterm average. The retrieved harvest of
MCP cranes in hunt areas outside of the
Central Flyway (Arizona, Pacific Flyway
portion of New Mexico, Minnesota,
Alaska, Canada, and Mexico combined)
was 9,683 during 2012–13. The
preliminary estimate for the North
American MCP sport harvest, including
crippling losses, was 27,966 birds,
which was a 16 percent decrease from
the previous year’s estimate. The longterm (1982–2012) trends for the MCP
indicate that harvest has been increasing
at a higher rate than population growth.
The fall 2012 pre-migration survey for
the Rocky Mountain Population (RMP)
resulted in a count of 15,417 cranes. The
3-year average was 17,992 sandhill
cranes, which is within the established
population objective of 17,000–21,000
for the RMP. Hunting seasons during
2012–13 in portions of Arizona, Idaho,
Montana, New Mexico, Utah, and
Wyoming resulted in a harvest of 1,080
RMP cranes, an 11 percent decrease
from the previous year’s harvest.
The Lower Colorado River Valley
Population (LCRVP) survey results
indicate a 16 percent increase from
2,646 birds in 2012, to 3,078 birds in
2013. The 3-year average is 2,713
LCRVP cranes, which is above the
population objective of 2,500.
The Eastern Population (EP) sandhill
crane fall survey index (87,796)
increased by 21 percent in 2012, and in
Kentucky’s second hunting season 92
cranes were harvested, up from 50
cranes in the inaugural season.
Woodcock
Singing-ground and Wing-collection
Surveys were conducted to assess the
population status of the American
woodcock (Scolopax minor). The
Singing-ground Survey is intended to
measure long-term changes in woodcock
population levels. Singing-ground
Survey data for 2013 indicate that the
E:\FR\FM\26JYP2.SGM
26JYP2
45378
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 144 / Friday, July 26, 2013 / Proposed Rules
number of singing male woodcock per
route in the Eastern and Central
Management Regions were unchanged
from 2012. There were no significant 10year trends in woodcock heard in the
Eastern or Central Management Regions
during 2003–13, which marks the tenth
consecutive year that the 10-year trend
estimate for the Eastern Region was
stable and the third year that the 10-year
trend was stable for the Central Region.
Both management regions have a longterm (1968–2012) declining trend (¥1.0
percent per year in the Eastern
Management Region and ¥0.8 percent
per year in the Central Management
Region).
The Wing-collection Survey provides
an index to recruitment. Wingcollection Survey data indicate that the
2012 recruitment index for the U.S.
portion of the Eastern Region (1.65
immatures per adult female) was 1.9
percent less than the 2011 index, and
0.8 percent greater than the long-term
(1963–2011) average. The recruitment
index for the U.S. portion of the Central
Region (1.66 immatures per adult
female) was 8.0 percent greater than the
2011 index and 5.7 percent greater than
the long-term (1963–2011) average.
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Band-Tailed Pigeons
Two subspecies of band-tailed pigeon
occur north of Mexico, and are managed
as two separate populations: Interior
and Pacific Coast. Information on the
abundance and harvest of band-tailed
pigeons is collected annually in the
United States and British Columbia.
Abundance information comes from the
Breeding Bird Survey (BBS) and the
Mineral Site Survey (MSS, specific to
the Pacific Coast Population). Harvest
and hunter participation are estimated
from the Migratory Bird Harvest
Information Program (HIP). The BBS
provided evidence that the abundance
of Pacific Coast band-tailed pigeons
decreased (¥2.0 percent per year) over
the long term (1968–2012). Trends in
abundance during the recent 10- and 5year periods were inconclusive. The
MSS, however, provided some evidence
that abundance decreased during the
recent 9-year (¥4.7 percent per year)
and 5-year (¥4.0 percent per year)
periods, but results were inconclusive.
An estimated 3,900 hunters harvested
10,900 birds in 2012.
For Interior band-tailed pigeons, the
BBS provided evidence that abundance
decreased (¥5.1 percent per year) over
the long term (1968–2012). Trends in
abundance during the recent 10- and 5year periods were inconclusive. An
estimated 1,400 hunters harvested 2,900
birds in 2012.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:17 Jul 25, 2013
Jkt 229001
Mourning Doves
We annually summarize information
collected in the United States on
survival, recruitment, abundance and
harvest of mourning doves. We report
on trends in the number of doves heard
per route from the Mourning Dove Callcount Survey (CCS), doves seen per
route from the CCS, birds heard and
seen per route from the all-bird BBS,
and provide absolute abundance
estimates based on band recovery and
harvest data. Harvest and hunter
participation are estimated from the
HIP.
The CCS-heard data suggested that
abundance of doves decreased in all
three dove management units (Eastern
[EMU], Central [CMU], and Western
[WMU]) over the long term (1966–2013);
within the EMU, however, there is
evidence that abundance decreased in
hunt States but increased in non-hunt
States. In the recent 10 years, there was
no evidence for a change in mourning
dove abundance in the EMU, but there
was evidence of a decline in the CMU
and WMU. Over the most recent two
years, there was no evidence for a
change in abundance in any of the
management units. Over the long term,
trends based on CCS-heard and CCSseen data were consistent in the CMU
and WMU, but inconsistent in the EMU;
CCS-seen data indicated that abundance
increased in the EMU. BBS data
suggested that the abundance of
mourning doves over the long-term
increased in the EMU and decreased in
the CMU and WMU. Thus, over the long
term, the three data sets provided
consistent results for the CMU and
WMU but not the EMU.
Estimates of absolute abundance are
available only since 2003, and indicate
that there are about 349 million doves
in the United States, and annual
abundance during the recent 5 years
appears stationary in the EMU and
WMU, but may be declining in the
CMU. However, abundance appeared to
increase between 2011 and 2012 in the
CMU and WMU. Based on a composite
trend (weighted trend estimate using
information from the CCS, BBS, and
absolute abundance), the EMU and
WMU populations were stationary over
the previous 5 and 10 years, whereas the
population in the CMU declined.
Current (2012) HIP estimates for
mourning dove total harvest, active
hunters, and total days afield in the U.S.
were 14,490,800 birds, 828,900 hunters,
and 2,538,000 days afield. Harvest and
hunter participation at the unit level
were: EMU, 6,279,900 birds, 349,600
hunters, and 1,015,600 days afield;
CMU, 6,361,600 birds, 338,700 hunters,
PO 00000
Frm 00004
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
and 1,108,700 days afield; and WMU,
1,849,400 birds, 140,700 hunters, and
413,700 days afield.
White-Winged Doves
Two states harbor substantial
populations of white-winged dove:
Arizona and Texas. California and New
Mexico also have substantial but smaller
populations. Based on the preliminary
HIP report for 2012, white-winged doves
were harvested in 22 additional states.
The Arizona Game and Fish Department
monitors white-winged dove
populations by means of a CCS to
provide an annual index to population
size. It runs concurrently with the
Service’s Mourning Dove CCS. The
index of mean number of white-winged
doves heard per route from this survey
peaked at 52.3 in 1968, but then
declined until about 2000. The index
had stabilized at around 25 doves per
route in the last few years; however, for
2013, the mean number of doves heard
per route was 16.8. Harvest of whitewinged doves in Arizona peaked in the
late 1960s at approximately 740,000
birds, and has since declined and
stabilized at around 100,000 birds; the
preliminary 2012 HIP estimate of
harvest was 86,000 birds.
In Texas, white-winged doves
continue to expand their breeding range.
Nesting by white-winged doves has
been recorded in most counties, with
new colonies recently found in east
Texas. Nesting is essentially confined to
urban areas, but appears to be
expanding to exurban areas.
Concomitant with this range expansion
has been a continuing increase in whitewinged dove abundance. A new
distance-based sampling protocol was
implemented for Central and South
Texas in 2007, and has been expanded
each year. In 2010, 4,650 points were
surveyed statewide and the urban
population of breeding white-winged
doves was estimated at 4.6 million.
Additionally, the Texas Parks and
Wildlife Department has an operational
white-winged dove banding program
and has banded 52,001 white-winged
doves from 2006 to 2010. The estimated
harvest of white-wings in Texas in the
2012 season was 1,414,800 birds. The
Texas Parks and Wildlife Department
continues to work to improve the
scientific basis for management of
white-winged doves.
In California, Florida, Louisiana, New
Mexico and Texas BBS data indicate an
increasing trend in the population
indices between 1966 and 2011. In
Arizona BBS data indicate population
indices were stationary between 1966
and 2011. According to HIP surveys, the
preliminary harvest estimates for the
E:\FR\FM\26JYP2.SGM
26JYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 144 / Friday, July 26, 2013 / Proposed Rules
2012 season were 42,200 white-winged
doves in California, and 79,500 in New
Mexico. In 2012 white-winged doves
were also harvested (range 100 to 8,700
per state) in Alabama, Arkansas,
Colorado, Florida, Georgia, Idaho,
Illinois, Kentucky, Minnesota,
Mississippi, Nebraska, Nevada,
Oklahoma, Oregon, Pennsylvania, South
Carolina, Tennessee, Texas, Utah,
Virginia, Washington, and Wyoming.
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
White-Tipped Doves
White-tipped doves occur primarily
south of the United States-Mexico
border; however, the species does occur
in Texas. Monitoring information is
presently limited. White-tipped doves
are believed to be maintaining a
relatively stable population in the
Lower Rio Grande Valley of Texas.
Distance-based sampling procedures
implemented in Texas are also
providing limited information on whitetipped dove abundance. Texas is
working to improve the sampling frame
to include the rural Rio Grande corridor
in order to improve the utility of
population indices. Annual estimates
for white-tipped dove harvest in Texas
average between 3,000 and 4,000 birds.
Review of Public Comments
The preliminary proposed rulemaking
(April 9 Federal Register) opened the
public comment period for migratory
game bird hunting regulations and
announced the proposed regulatory
alternatives for the 2013–14 duck
hunting season. Comments concerning
early-season issues and the proposed
alternatives are summarized below and
numbered in the order used in the April
9 Federal Register document. Only the
numbered items pertaining to earlyseasons issues and the proposed
regulatory alternatives for which we
received written comments are
included. Consequently, the issues do
not follow in consecutive numerical or
alphabetical order.
We received recommendations from
all four Flyway Councils. Some
recommendations supported
continuation of last year’s frameworks.
Due to the comprehensive nature of the
annual review of the frameworks
performed by the Councils, support for
continuation of last year’s frameworks is
assumed for items for which no
recommendations were received.
Council recommendations for changes
in the frameworks are summarized
below.
We seek additional information and
comments on the recommendations in
this supplemental proposed rule. New
proposals and modifications to
previously described proposals are
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:17 Jul 25, 2013
Jkt 229001
discussed below. Wherever possible,
they are discussed under headings
corresponding to the numbered items in
the April 9 Federal Register document.
1. Ducks
Categories used to discuss issues
related to duck harvest management are:
(A) General Harvest Strategy; (B)
Regulatory Alternatives, including
specification of framework dates, season
lengths, and bag limits; (C) Zones and
Split Seasons; and (D) Special Seasons/
Species Management. The categories
correspond to previously published
issues/discussions, and only those
containing substantial recommendations
are discussed below.
A. General Harvest Strategy
Council Recommendations: The
Mississippi Flyway Council
recommended that regulations changes
be restricted to one step per year, both
when restricting as well as liberalizing
hunting regulations.
Service Response: As we stated in the
April 9 Federal Register, we intend to
continue use of Adaptive Harvest
Management (AHM) to help determine
appropriate duck-hunting regulations
for the 2013–14 season. AHM is a tool
that permits sound resource decisions in
the face of uncertain regulatory impacts,
as well as providing a mechanism for
reducing that uncertainty over time. The
current AHM protocol is used to
evaluate four alternative regulatory
levels based on the population status of
mallards and their breeding habitat (i.e.,
abundance of ponds) (special hunting
restrictions are enacted for certain
species, such as canvasbacks, black
ducks, scaup, and pintails).
Unfortunately, this year a mechanical
issue with the Service aircraft normally
used in the Eastern Survey Area of the
May Breeding Population and Habitat
Survey prohibited the use of those
aircraft to conduct this year’s survey.
Lack of reliable data from Canadian
survey strata (51–54, 56) precludes a
reliable estimate of the Eastern mallard
breeding population for 2013. As a
result, an observed 2013 breeding
population (BPOP) estimate will not be
available for updating model weights
and deriving the 2013 harvest policy.
Therefore, we propose to predict the
2013 BPOP size based on the 2012
BPOP estimate and 2012 model weights,
the 2012–13 harvest rate, and the
current model set. That predicted value
will be used in place of the observed
value for this year, and that value will
be compared with last year’s (2012)
AHM harvest policy matrix to determine
the optimal regulatory alternative for the
2013–14 regular duck seasons in the
PO 00000
Frm 00005
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
45379
Atlantic Flyway. Further details on
these proposed technical changes will
be detailed in the forthcoming AHM
report for the 2013 season.
Regarding the Mississippi Flyway
Council’s recommendation for a onestep constraint, we have repeatedly
stated over the past several years that
we believe that the new Supplemental
Environmental Impact Statement (SEIS)
for the migratory bird hunting program
(see National Environmental Policy Act
(NEPA) section) is the appropriate
venue for considering such changes in
a more comprehensive manner that
involves input from all Flyways. With
the May 24, 2013, release of the new
SEIS and the associated Record of
Decision (RoD) contained in this rule,
we believe that any recommendations
for changes such as the inclusion of a
one-step constraint should be
considered within the context of the
process that is being used to revise
current AHM protocols. As AHM
decision-making frameworks are
modified, regulatory alternatives should
be crafted by the Flyways in the context
of those changes, including revised
harvest management objectives and the
demographic models that predict
changes in waterfowl status due to those
regulations.
We will propose a specific regulatory
alternative for each of the Flyways
during the 2013–14 season after survey
information becomes available later this
summer. More information on AHM is
located at https://www.fws.gov/
migratorybirds/CurrentBirdIssues/
Management/AHM/AHM-intro.htm.
B. Regulatory Alternatives
Council Recommendations: The
Mississippi and Central Flyway
Councils recommended that regulatory
alternatives for duck hunting seasons
remain the same as those used in 2012–
13.
Service Response: The regulatory
alternatives proposed in the April 9
Federal Register will be used for the
2013–14 hunting season (see
accompanying table at the end of this
proposed rule for specifics). In 2005, the
AHM regulatory alternatives were
modified to consist only of the
maximum season lengths, framework
dates, and bag limits for total ducks and
mallards. Restrictions for certain species
within these frameworks that are not
covered by existing harvest strategies
will be addressed during the late-season
regulations process. For those species
with specific harvest strategies
(canvasbacks, pintails, black ducks, and
scaup), those strategies will again be
used for the 2013–14 hunting season.
E:\FR\FM\26JYP2.SGM
26JYP2
45380
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 144 / Friday, July 26, 2013 / Proposed Rules
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
D. Special Seasons/Species
Management
i. Special Teal Seasons
Council Recommendations: The
Atlantic, Mississippi, and Central
Flyway Councils recommended that the
daily bag limit be increased from 4 to 6
teal in the aggregate during the Special
September teal season. The Atlantic
Flyway Council also recommended that
we allow Maryland to adjust existing
shooting hours during the Special
September teal season from sunrise to
one-half hour before sunrise on an
experimental basis during 2013–15
seasons.
Service Response: We appreciate the
long-standing interest by the Flyway
Councils to pursue additional teal
harvest opportunity. With this interest
in mind, in 2009, the Flyways and
Service began to assess the collective
results of all teal harvest, including
harvest during special September
seasons. The Teal Harvest Potential
Working Group conducted this
assessment work, which included a
thorough assessment of the harvest
potential for both blue-winged and
green-winged teal, as well as an
assessment of the impacts of current
special September seasons on these two
species. Cinnamon teal were
subsequently included in this
assessment.
In the April 9, 2013, Federal Register,
we stated that the final report of the
Teal Harvest Potential Working Group
indicated that additional opportunity
could be provided for blue-winged teal
and green-winged teal. Therefore, we
support recommendations from the
Atlantic, Mississippi, and Central
Flyway Councils that the daily bag limit
be increased from 4 to 6 teal in the
aggregate during the Special September
teal season in 2013–14. However, we
will not support additional changes to
the structure of the September teal
season until specific management
objectives for teal have been articulated
and a comprehensive, cross-flyway
approach to developing and evaluating
other potential avenues by which
additional teal harvest opportunity can
be provided has been completed. We
recognize this comprehensive approach
may include addition of new hunting
seasons (e.g., September teal seasons in
northern States) as well as expanded
hunting opportunities (e.g., season
lengths, bag limits) in States with
existing teal seasons. In order to assess
the overall effects of these changes, an
evaluation plan must be developed that
includes specific objectives and is
tailored to appropriately address
concerns about potential impacts
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:17 Jul 25, 2013
Jkt 229001
resulting from the type of opportunity
offered. We outlined guidance for
conducting special season evaluations
in SEIS 88 (Controlled Use of Special
Regulations, pp 82–83) which should be
used when developing the plan. We
recognize that additional technical and
coordination work will need to be
accomplished to complete this task,
thus, a small technical group comprised
of members from the Flyway Councils
and Service should be convened. We
look forward to working with the
Flyway Councils in undertaking the
technical work needed to develop
regulatory proposals, and would expect
a progress report on such work at the
February 2014 Service Regulations
Committee meeting.
In the interest of guiding State and
Federal workloads and facilitating a
timely process for providing additional
teal harvest opportunity, we provide the
following initial considerations. First,
we have stated that the primary focus of
special season regulations is
underutilized species and/or stocks
whose migration and distribution
provide opportunities outside the time
period in which regular seasons are
held, and where such harvest can occur
without appreciable impacts to nontarget species (SEIS 2013). Although the
Teal Harvest Potential Working Group’s
report documented the existence of
additional blue-winged and greenwinged teal harvest opportunity, we
believe the unique migration behavior of
blue-winged teal presents the
opportunity to isolate only that species
both temporally and geographically,
consistent with the intent of special
regulations. Consequently, regulatory
proposals to increase teal harvest should
direct harvest primarily at blue-winged
teal.
Second, previous alternatives to
provide additional teal harvest
opportunities have included bonus teal,
Special September duck seasons in
Iowa, and Special September teal/wood
duck seasons. Following
implementation of the SEIS 88 regarding
the sport hunting of migratory birds, all
of these efforts were reviewed.
Assessments of special hunting
opportunities, including September teal
seasons and bonus teal bags, were
conducted. The results of these reviews
indicated that the September teal
seasons could adequately be assessed
regarding their effects on migratory
birds, but that bonus teal regulations
could not. Thus, in the early 1990s,
bonus teal bags were no longer offered
in the annual duck regulations
frameworks. With regard to Special
September duck seasons, we have
previously stated that mixed-species
PO 00000
Frm 00006
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
special seasons (as defined in the
context of SEIS 88) are not a preferred
management approach, and that we do
not wish to entertain refinements to this
season or foster expansions of this type
of season into other States (August 29,
1996, 61 FR 45838). Special September
teal/wood duck seasons in Florida,
Tennessee and Kentucky have been
provided in lieu of Special September
teal seasons and our preference at this
time is to maintain that policy. If
Flyway Councils wish to pursue these
regulatory approaches to providing
additional teal harvest opportunity, we
request that they provide compelling
information as to why such policies and
approaches should be reinstated (i.e.,
bonus teal) or expanded/modified (i.e.,
September duck seasons or September
teal/wood duck seasons).
A copy of the teal working group’s
final report is available on our Web site
at either https://www.fws.gov/
migratorybirds, or at https://
www.regulations.gov.
Regarding the regulations for this
year, utilizing the criteria developed for
the teal season harvest strategy, this
year’s estimate of 7.7 million bluewinged teal from the traditional survey
area indicates that a 16-day September
teal season in the Atlantic, Central, and
Mississippi Flyways is appropriate for
2013.
Regarding the Atlantic Flyway
Council’s request to allow Maryland to
adjust existing shooting hours during
the Special September teal season from
sunrise to sunset to one-half hour before
sunrise to sunset on an experimental
basis, we agree. Since the inception of
Maryland’s September teal season in
1998, Maryland has utilized shooting
hours of sunrise to sunset. Maryland has
agreed to conduct hunter performance
surveys to assess the impacts of the
expanded shooting hours on non-target
waterfowl species. The hunter
performance survey and assessment
criteria will be specified in an
agreement between Maryland and the
Service.
2. Sea Ducks
Council Recommendations: The
Atlantic Flyway Council recommended
that the Service amend the annual
waterfowl hunting regulations at 50 CFR
20.105 to allow the shooting of crippled
waterfowl from a motorboat under
power in New Jersey, North Carolina,
South Carolina, and Georgia in those
areas described, delineated, and
designated in their respective hunting
regulations as special sea duck hunting
areas.
Service Response: We concur with the
Atlantic Flyway’s recommendation and
E:\FR\FM\26JYP2.SGM
26JYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 144 / Friday, July 26, 2013 / Proposed Rules
note that this provision is already
allowed in all other Atlantic Flyway
States with special sea duck hunting
areas. Sea duck hunting areas are
typically large, open water areas (i.e.,
Atlantic Ocean) at least 800 yards from
shore where it is not reasonable to use
retrieving dogs. Further, all States with
sea duck seasons have defined special
sea duck hunting areas described,
delineated, and designated in their
respective hunting regulations as special
sea duck hunting areas.
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
4. Canada Geese
A. Special Seasons
Council Recommendations: The
Mississippi Flyway Council
recommended increasing the daily bag
limit in Minnesota from 5 geese to 10
geese during the special September
season in certain areas of the State. The
Council further recommended that there
be no possession limits for Canada geese
in either special seasons or regular
seasons (see 22. Other for further
discussion on possession limits).
Service Response: We agree with the
Mississippi Flyway Council’s request to
increase the Canada goose daily bag
limit within certain areas that have
experienced higher levels of agricultural
depredations in Minnesota. The Special
Early Canada Goose hunting season is
generally designed to reduce or control
overabundant resident Canada geese
populations. Increasing the daily bag
limit from 5 to 10 geese in certain areas
may help reduce or control existing high
populations of resident Canada geese
and associated agricultural depredation
problems. Nest and egg permits, airport
removal, trap and euthanize, and
agricultural shooting permits have all
been used in efforts to address damage
caused by overabundant Canada geese.
In 2012, a record number of shooting
permits (234) were issued to landowners
dealing with excessive numbers of
Canada geese causing agricultural
damage.
The breeding population of resident
Canada geese in Minnesota has averaged
332,000 Canada geese, since 2001,
which is 33 percent higher than the goal
of 250,000 Canada geese. In 2012, the
breeding population estimate was
434,000 Canada geese, which was the
highest estimate on record and 74
percent above the population goal.
Annual harvest of Canada geese in
Minnesota has averaged 220,000 since
2001, with harvest during the
September season averaging 98,000
Canada geese. Further, Minnesota has
used a variety of methods to increase
the harvest of resident Canada geese,
including an expanded September
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:17 Jul 25, 2013
Jkt 229001
season (Sept. 1 through 22) and
expanded opportunity during the
regular season.
Bag limits for Canada geese above 5
per day during the September season
have not yet been used in the
Mississippi Flyway during September
seasons. Based on bag frequency data
from Atlantic Flyway States that have
utilized Canada goose daily bag limits of
15 during September seasons, increasing
the daily bag limit from 5 to 10 is
expected to increase Canada goose
harvest approximately 16 percent
during the September season. Thus, a
daily bag limit of 10 geese implemented
Statewide in Minnesota during the
September season would be expected to
increase the annual harvest from 98,000
to 114,000 during the September season.
B. Regular Seasons
Council Recommendations: The
Mississippi Flyway Council
recommended that the framework
opening date for all species of geese for
the regular goose seasons in the Lower
Peninsula of Michigan and Wisconsin
be September 16, 2013, and in the
Upper Peninsula of Michigan be
September 11, 2013. The Council
further recommended that there be no
possession limits for Canada geese
throughout the Flyway (see 22. Other for
further discussion on possession limits).
Service Response: We concur with
recommended framework opening
dates. Michigan, beginning in 1998, and
Wisconsin, beginning in 1989, have
opened their regular Canada goose
seasons prior to the Flyway-wide
framework opening date to address
resident goose management concerns in
these States. As we have previously
stated (73 FR 50678, August 27, 2008),
we agree with the objective to increase
harvest pressure on resident Canada
geese in the Mississippi Flyway and
will continue to consider the opening
dates in both States as exceptions to the
general Flyway opening date, to be
reconsidered annually. The framework
closing date for the early goose season
in the Upper Peninsula of Michigan is
September 10. By changing the
framework opening date for the regular
season to September 11 in the Upper
Peninsula of Michigan there will be no
need to close goose hunting in that area
for 5 days and thus lose the ability to
maintain harvest pressure on resident
Canada geese. We note that the most
recent resident Canada goose estimate
for the Mississippi Flyway was a record
high 1,767,900 geese during the spring
of 2012, 8 percent higher than the 2011
estimate of 1,629,800 geese, and well
above the Flyway’s population goal of
1.18 to 1.40 million birds. See 23. Other
PO 00000
Frm 00007
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
45381
for further discussion on possession
limits.
9. Sandhill Cranes
Council Recommendations: The
Mississippi Flyway Council
recommended implementation of a 3year, experimental 60-day sandhill
crane season in Tennessee beginning in
the 2013–14 season.
The Central Flyway Council
recommended increasing the season
length in North Dakota’s eastern
sandhill crane hunting zone (Area 2)
from 37 to 58 days in length.
The Central and Pacific Flyway
Councils recommend using the 2013
Rocky Mountain Population (RMP)
sandhill crane harvest allocation of 771
birds as proposed in the allocation
formula using the 3-year running
average of fall population estimates for
2010–12.
Service Response: We concur with the
Mississippi Flyway Council’s
recommendation concerning an
experimental season in Tennessee. We
note that a management plan for the
Eastern Population of sandhill cranes
was approved by the Atlantic and
Mississippi Flyway Councils in 2010.
The plan contained provisions and
guidelines for establishing hunting
seasons in the Mississippi and Atlantic
Flyway States if the fall population was
above a minimum threshold of 30,000
cranes. The management plan also sets
an overall harvest objective for an
individual State to be no more than 10
percent of the 5-year average peak
population estimate in that State. Since
Tennessee’s 5-year average peak
population count is 23,334 cranes, the
State’s maximum allowable harvest
would be 2,333 cranes. Tennessee’s
proposed experimental season would
limit the number of crane hunters to 775
with each hunter receiving 3 tags for a
maximum allowed harvest of 2,325
cranes. Given Tennessee’s proposed
harvest monitoring system, the
maximum allowed harvest of 2,333
cranes cannot be exceeded.
Additionally, we prepared a draft
environmental assessment (EA) on the
hunting of EP sandhill cranes in
Tennessee as allowed under the
management plan. A copy of the draft
EA and specifics of the two alternatives
we analyzed can be found on our Web
site at https://www.fws.gov/
migratorybirds, or at https://
www.regulations.gov. Our EA outlines
two different approaches for assessing
the ability of the EP crane population to
withstand the level of harvest contained
in EP management plan: (1) The
potential biological removal allowance
method; and (2) a simple population
E:\FR\FM\26JYP2.SGM
26JYP2
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
45382
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 144 / Friday, July 26, 2013 / Proposed Rules
model using fall survey data and annual
survival rates. The EA concluded that
the anticipated combined level of
harvest and crippling loss in Tennessee
could be sustained by the proposed
hunt. Furthermore, population
modeling indicated that any harvest
below 2,000 birds would still result in
a growing population of EP cranes. We
anticipate that the proposed action to
allow a new experimental EP crane hunt
in Tennessee, combined with the
existing experimental EP crane season
in Kentucky, would result in a potential
take of 1,875 cranes, or only 2.7 percent
of the EP population being harvested,
which is lower than the percentage
currently experienced in either the RMP
or Mid-continent Population. Thus, we
believe the proposed action would still
allow positive growth of the EP sandhill
crane population. We further believe
that we have fulfilled our NEPA
obligation with the preparation of an
EA, and therefore an EIS is not required.
The proposed crane hunt in
Tennessee would begin in early
December and continue until late
January. These proposed season dates
would begin approximately 2 to 3 weeks
after whooping cranes are normally
migrating through Tennessee and would
reduce the likelihood that sandhill
crane hunters would encounter
whooping cranes. We further note that
whooping cranes that migrate through
Tennessee are part of the experimental
nonessential population of whooping
cranes (NEP). In 2001, the Service
announced its intent to reintroduce
whooping cranes (Grus americana) into
historic habitat in the eastern United
States with the intent to establish a
migratory flock that would summer and
breed in Wisconsin, and winter in westcentral Florida (66 FR 14107, March 9,
2001). We designated this reintroduced
population as an NEP according to
section 10(j) of the Endangered Species
Act of 1973 (Act), as amended (66 FR
33903, June 26, 2001). Mississippi and
Atlantic Flyway States within the NEP
area maintain their management
prerogatives regarding the whooping
crane. They are not directed by the
reintroduction program to take any
specific actions to provide any special
protective measures, nor are they
prevented from imposing restrictions
under State law, such as protective
designations, and area closures.
We also support the Central Flyway
Council’s recommendation to increase
the season length for midcontinent
sandhill cranes in the eastern zone of
North Dakota (Area 2). However, we
believe additional information recently
published on the demographics of this
population should be incorporated into
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:17 Jul 25, 2013
Jkt 229001
a revised management plan, and that the
revised plan should include more
specificity regarding how harvest
opportunities should be expanded and
restricted based on population status
and harvest. Such a process is essential
to successful, collaborative management
of shared populations by the Service
and the Flyways. We do not want to
address regulatory changes in an
incremental manner and believe
codifying specifically in a management
plan how such changes in harvest
opportunities will occur would achieve
that end.
We also agree with the Central and
Pacific Flyway Councils’
recommendations on the RMP sandhill
crane harvest allocation of 771 birds for
the 2013–14 season, as outlined in the
RMP sandhill crane management plan’s
harvest allocation formula. The
objective for RMP sandhill cranes is to
manage for a stable population index of
17,000–21,000 cranes determined by an
average of the three most recent, reliable
September (fall pre-migration) surveys.
Additionally, the RMP management
plan allows for the regulated harvest of
cranes when the 3-year average of the
population indices exceeds 15,000
cranes. In 2012, 15,417 cranes were
counted in the September survey, a
decrease from the previous year’s count
of 17,494 birds. The most recent 3-year
average for the RMP sandhill crane fall
index is 17,992, a decrease from the
previous 3-year average of 19,626.
14. Woodcock
In 2011, we implemented an interim
harvest strategy for woodcock for a
period of 5 years (2011–15) (76 FR
19876, April 8, 2011). The interim
harvest strategy provides a transparent
framework for making regulatory
decisions for woodcock season length
and bag limit while we work to improve
monitoring and assessment protocols for
this species. Utilizing the criteria
developed for the interim strategy, the
3-year average for the Singing Ground
Survey indices and associated
confidence intervals fall within the
‘‘moderate package’’ for both the Eastern
and Central Management Regions. As
such, a ‘‘moderate season’’ for both
management regions for the 2013–14
woodcock hunting season is appropriate
for 2013. Specifics of the interim harvest
strategy can be found at https://
www.fws.gov/migratorybirds/
NewsPublicationsReports.html.
15. Band-Tailed Pigeons
Council Recommendations: The
Pacific Flyway Council recommended
reducing the daily bag limit from 5 to
2 pigeons for the Interior Population.
PO 00000
Frm 00008
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Service Response: We have a longstanding practice of giving considerable
deference to harvest strategies
developed in cooperative Flyway
management plans. However, a harvest
strategy does not exist for the Interior
Population of band-tailed pigeons even
though the development of one was
identified as a high priority when the
management plan was adopted in 2001.
Because the Pacific Flyway Council’s
recommendation is not supported by the
Central Flyway at this time, we
recommend that the two Flyway
Councils discuss this issue and advise
us of the results of these deliberations
in their respective recommendation
packages from their meetings next
March. It is our desire to see adoption
of a mutually acceptable harvest strategy
for this population as soon as possible.
16. Doves
Council Recommendations: The
Atlantic and Mississippi Flyway
Councils recommended use of the
‘‘moderate’’ season framework for States
within the Eastern Management Unit
population of mourning doves resulting
in a 70-day season and 15-bird daily bag
limit. The daily bag limit could be
composed of mourning doves and
white-winged doves, singly or in
combination.
The Mississippi and Central Flyway
Councils recommend the use of the
standard (or ‘‘moderate’’) season
package of a 15-bird daily bag limit and
a 70-day season for the 2013–14
mourning dove season in the States
within the Central Management Unit.
The Central Flyway Council previously
recommended that the Special Whitewinged Dove Area be expanded to
Interstate Highway 37 in the 2013–14
season.
The Pacific Flyway Council
recommended use of the ‘‘moderate’’
season framework for States in the
Western Management Unit (WMU)
population of doves, which represents
no change from last year’s frameworks.
The Atlantic, Mississippi, Central,
and Pacific Flyway Councils also
recommended that the present interim
mourning dove harvest strategy be
replaced by a new national mourning
dove harvest strategy for
implementation beginning with the
2014–15 season. The new strategy uses
a discrete logistic growth model based
on information derived from the
banding program, the Harvest
Information Program, and the mourning
dove parts collection survey to predict
mourning dove population size in a
Bayesian statistical framework. The
method is similar to other migratory
bird strategies already in place and
E:\FR\FM\26JYP2.SGM
26JYP2
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 144 / Friday, July 26, 2013 / Proposed Rules
performs better than several other
modeling strategies that were evaluated
by the National Mourning Dove Task
Force. The strategy uses mourning dove
population thresholds to determine a
regulation package for mourning doves
for each year. The Central and
Mississippi Flyway Councils did,
however, recommend several changes to
the strategy, including a reduced closure
threshold, using a running 3-year
average of abundance in assessing
regulatory change, and holding
regulations constant for 3 years.
Service Response: In 2008, we
accepted and endorsed the interim
harvest strategies for the Central,
Eastern, and Western Management Units
(73 FR 50678, August 27, 2008). As we
stated then, the interim mourning dove
harvest strategies are a step towards
implementing the Mourning Dove
National Strategic Harvest Plan (Plan)
that was approved by all four Flyway
Councils in 2003. The Plan represents a
new, more informed means of decisionmaking for dove harvest management
besides relying solely on traditional
roadside counts of mourning doves as
indicators of population trend.
However, recognizing that a more
comprehensive, national approach
would take time to develop, we
requested the development of interim
harvest strategies, by management unit,
until the elements of the Plan can be
fully implemented. In 2009, the interim
harvest strategies were successfully
employed and implemented in all three
Management Units (74 FR 36870, July
24, 2009).
We concur with the Atlantic and
Pacific Flyway Councils’
recommendations that the National
mourning dove harvest strategy, as
developed by the Mourning Dove Task
Force, be adopted this year for
implementation in 2014–15 hunting
season. This strategy would replace the
Interim Harvest Strategies that have
been in place since 2009. While we
appreciate the Central and Mississippi
Flyway Councils’ recommendations
supporting implementation of the
National mourning dove harvest, we do
not support the changes proposed by the
Central and Mississippi Flyway
Councils specific to the Central
Management Unit. More specifically, we
do not support the reduced closure
threshold, using a running 3-year
average of abundance in assessing
regulatory change, and holding
regulations constant for at least 3 years.
We support continued development and
further evaluation of the modifications
proposed by the Mississippi and Central
Flyways, including appropriate closure
levels for each management unit based
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:17 Jul 25, 2013
Jkt 229001
on objective biological criteria. The
Mourning Dove Task Force is a useful
venue for developing these issues for
future consideration and potential
modification to the National Strategy.
This year, based on the interim
harvest strategies and current
population status, we agree with the
recommended selection of the
‘‘moderate’’ season frameworks for
doves in the Eastern, Central, and
Western Management Units.
Regarding the Central Flyway
Council’s recommendation to expand
the Special White-winged Dove Area in
Texas, we expressed our support for this
recommendation last year and
addressed it in the August 30, 2012,
Federal Register (77 FR 53118). The
then-approved changes take effect this
season.
22. Other
Council Recommendations: The
Atlantic Flyway Council recommended
increasing the possession limits for sora
and Virginia rails from 1 to 3 times the
aggregate daily bag limit, consistent
with the Council’s proposed bag limits
for all other migratory game birds
during normal established hunting
seasons.
The Atlantic, Mississippi, Central,
and Pacific Flyway Councils
recommended increasing the possession
limit from 2 to 3 times the daily bag
limit for doves.
The Pacific Flyway Council
recommended increasing the possession
limit from 2 to 3 times the daily bag
limit for band-tailed pigeons; special
September Canada goose seasons; snipe;
falconry; and Alaska seasons for brant,
sandhill cranes, and geese (except dusky
Canada geese).
The Mississippi Flyway Council
recommended that the Service increase
the possession limit from 2 times to 3
times the daily bag limit for all
migratory game bird species and seasons
except for Canada geese, where they
recommended that there be no
possession limit, or other overabundant
species for which no current possession
limits are currently assigned (e.g., light
geese), where there would continue to
be no possession limits. The Council
also recommended increasing the
possession limits for sora and Virginia
rails from 1 to 3 times the aggregate
daily bag limit, consistent with other
possession limit recommendations, and
no change for those species that
currently have permit hunts (e.g., cranes
and swans). The Council recommends
these changes be implemented
beginning in the 2013–14 season. New
and/or experimental seasons could have
different possession limits if justified.
PO 00000
Frm 00009
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
45383
The Council further recommended that
possession limits not apply at one’s
personal permanent residence and
specifically recommended language to
modify 50 CFR 20.39 to do so.
Lastly, the Central Flyway Council
recommended that the Service develop
a mechanism that allows not for profit
community food distribution centers to
exceed possession limits for Canada
geese during the regular hunting season.
Service Response: The issue of
possession limits was first raised by the
Flyway Councils in the summer of 2010.
At that time, we stated that we were
generally supportive of the Flyways’
interest in increasing the possession
limits for migratory game birds and
appreciated the discussions to frame
this important issue (75 FR 58250,
September 23, 2010). We also stated that
we believed there were many
unanswered questions regarding how
this interest could be fully articulated in
a proposal that satisfies the harvest
management community, while
fostering the support of the law
enforcement community and informing
the general hunting public. Thus, we
proposed the creation of a cross-agency
Working Group, chaired by the Service,
and comprised of staff from the
Service’s Migratory Bird Program, State
Wildlife Agency representatives, and
Federal and State law enforcement staff,
to develop a recommendation that fully
articulates a potential change in
possession limits. This effort would
include a discussion of the current
status and use of possession limits,
which populations and/or species/
species groups should not be included
in any proposed modification of
possession limits, potential law
enforcement issues, and a reasonable
timeline for the implementation of any
such proposed changes.
After discussions last year at the
January SRC meeting, and March and
July Flyway Council meetings, the
Atlantic, Central, and Pacific Flyway
Councils recommended that the Service
increase the possession limit from 2
times to 3 times the daily bag limit for
all migratory game bird species and
seasons except for those species that
currently have possession limits of less
than 2 times the daily bag limit (e.g.,
some rail species), for permit hunts (e.g.,
cranes and swans), and for
overabundant species for which no
current possession limits are assigned
(e.g., light geese), beginning in the
2013–14 season (77 FR 58444;
September 20, 2012). These
recommendations from the Councils
were one such outgrowth of the efforts
started in 2010. With the Mississippi
Flyway Council’s recommendation and
E:\FR\FM\26JYP2.SGM
26JYP2
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
45384
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 144 / Friday, July 26, 2013 / Proposed Rules
the additional input and
recommendations from all four Flyway
Councils from their March 2013 Council
meetings, we believe the Flyway
Councils’ consensus approach of
moving from 2 times to 3 times the daily
bag limit is appropriate for
implementation beginning with the
2013–14 season. Thus, we propose to
increase the possession limit for all
species for which we currently have
possession limits of twice the daily bag
limit to three times the daily bag limit.
We also propose to include sora and
Virginia rails in this possession limit
increase. Possession limits for other
species and hunts for which the
possession limit is equal to the daily bag
limit would remain unchanged, as
would permit hunts for species such as
swans and some crane populations.
Additionally, as we discussed in the
April 9 and June 14 proposed rules,
when our initial review of possession
limits was instituted in 2010, we also
realized that a review of possession
limits could not be adequately
conducted without expanding the initial
review to include other possessionrelated regulations. In particular, it was
our belief that any potential increase in
the possession limits should be done in
concert with a review and update of the
wanton waste regulations in 50 CFR
20.25. We believed it prudent to review
some of the long-standing sources of
confusion (for both hunters and law
enforcement) regarding wanton waste. A
review of the current Federal wanton
waste regulations, along with various
State wanton waste regulations, has
been recently completed, and we
anticipate publishing a proposed rule
this summer to revise 50 CFR 20.25.
Lastly, we recognize that there are
other important issues surrounding
possession that need to be reviewed,
such as termination of possession (as
recommended by the Mississippi
Flyway Council). However, that issue is
a much larger and more complex review
than the wanton waste regulations and
the possession limit regulations. We
anticipate starting a review of
termination of possession regulations
upon completion of changes to the
wanton waste regulations.
Regarding the Central Flyway
Council’s recommendation to allow
food banks to exceed possession limits
for Canada geese, we note that this issue
is outside the scope of this proposed
rule. Such a proposal would require a
change to 50 CFR 20.33 and would
require a separate rulemaking process.
Public Comments
The Department of the Interior’s
policy is, whenever possible, to afford
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:17 Jul 25, 2013
Jkt 229001
the public an opportunity to participate
in the rulemaking process. Accordingly,
we invite interested persons to submit
written comments, suggestions, or
recommendations regarding the
proposed regulations. Before
promulgating final migratory game bird
hunting regulations, we will consider all
comments we receive. These comments,
and any additional information we
receive, may lead to final regulations
that differ from these proposals.
You may submit your comments and
materials concerning this proposed rule
by one of the methods listed in the
ADDRESSES section. We will not accept
comments sent by email or fax. We will
not consider hand-delivered comments
that we do not receive, or mailed
comments that are not postmarked, by
the date specified in the DATES section.
We will post all comments in their
entirety—including your personal
identifying information—on https://
www.regulations.gov. Before including
your address, phone number, email
address, or other personal identifying
information in your comment, you
should be aware that your entire
comment—including your personal
identifying information—may be made
publicly available at any time. While
you can ask us in your comment to
withhold your personal identifying
information from public review, we
cannot guarantee that we will be able to
do so.
Comments and materials we receive,
as well as supporting documentation we
used in preparing this proposed rule,
will be available for public inspection
on https://www.regulations.gov, or by
appointment, during normal business
hours, at the U.S. Fish and Wildlife
Service, Division of Migratory Bird
Management, Room 4107, 4501 North
Fairfax Drive, Arlington, VA 22203.
For each series of proposed
rulemakings, we will establish specific
comment periods. We will consider, but
possibly may not respond in detail to,
each comment. As in the past, we will
summarize all comments we receive
during the comment period and respond
to them after the closing date in the
preambles of any final rules.
National Environmental Policy Act
(NEPA)
The programmatic document, ‘‘Final
Supplemental Environmental Impact
Statement: Issuance of Annual
Regulations Permitting the Sport
Hunting of Migratory Birds (FSES 88–
14),’’ filed with the Environmental
Protection Agency (EPA) on June 9,
1988, addresses NEPA compliance by
the Service for issuance of the annual
framework regulations for hunting of
PO 00000
Frm 00010
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
migratory game bird species. We
published a notice of availability in the
Federal Register on June 16, 1988 (53
FR 22582), and our Record of Decision
on August 18, 1988 (53 FR 31341). We
also address NEPA compliance for
waterfowl hunting frameworks through
the annual preparation of separate
environmental assessments, the most
recent being ‘‘Duck Hunting Regulations
for 2012–13,’’ with its corresponding
August 23, 2012, finding of no
significant impact. We will prepare
another separate EA for 2013–14
waterfowl hunting frameworks this
summer. In addition, an August 1985
environmental assessment entitled
‘‘Guidelines for Migratory Bird Hunting
Regulations on Federal Indian
Reservations and Ceded Lands’’ is
available from the address indicated
under the caption FOR FURTHER
INFORMATION CONTACT.
In a notice published in the
September 8, 2005, Federal Register (70
FR 53376), the Service announced its
intent to develop a new supplemental
environmental impact statement for the
migratory bird hunting program. We
held public scoping meetings in the
spring of 2006, as announced in a March
9, 2006, Federal Register notice (71 FR
12216). We published the 2010 draft
supplemental environmental impact
statement in the Federal Register on
July 9, 2010 (73 FR 39577). The public
comment period closed on March 26,
2011. On May 31, 2013, we published
a notice of availability in the Federal
Register (78 FR 32686) announcing a
Second Final Supplemental
Environmental Impact Statement for the
Issuance of Annual Regulations
Permitting the Hunting of Migratory
Birds. The programmatic document was
filed with the EPA on May 24, 2013,
pursuant to the NEPA. The public
review period ended July 1, 2013.
Below is the Service’s Record of
Decision (RoD) for the migratory bird
hunting program, prepared pursuant to
National Environmental Policy Act
(NEPA) regulations at 40 CFR 1505.2.
We have provided it here in its entirety.
This RoD was developed by the Service
in compliance with the agency decisionmaking requirements of NEPA. The
purpose of this RoD is to document the
Service’s decision for the selection of an
alternative for the issuance of annual
regulations permitting the hunting of
migratory birds. Alternatives have been
fully described and evaluated in the
May 2013 Second Final Supplemental
Environmental Impact Statement for the
Issuance of Annual Regulations
Permitting the Hunting of Migratory
Birds.
E:\FR\FM\26JYP2.SGM
26JYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 144 / Friday, July 26, 2013 / Proposed Rules
This RoD is intended to: (a) State the
Service’s decision, present the rationale
for its selection, and describe its
implementation; (b) identify the
alternatives considered in reaching the
decision; and (c) state whether all
means to avoid or minimize
environmental harm from
implementation of the selected
alternative have been adopted (40 CFR
1505.2).
Record of Decision—Second Final
Supplemental Environmental Impact
Statement for the Issuance of Annual
Regulations Permitting the Hunting of
Migratory Birds
Through this Record of Decision
(RoD), the U.S. Fish and Wildlife
Service (Service) selects alternatives for
the seven regulatory components
considered for establishing annual
regulations for the hunting of migratory
birds in the United States. This RoD
includes brief summaries of the
alternatives considered, the public
involvement process, and the rationale
for selecting an alternative for each of
the seven regulatory components
considered, as described in the Final
Supplemental Environmental Impact
Statement (FSEIS), for issuance of
annual migratory bird hunting
regulations. In all cases, the ‘‘preferred’’
alternative is also the environmentally
preferred one.
Description of the Seven Regulatory
Components and Alternatives
Considered Under Each
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
1. Schedule and Timing of the General
Regulatory Process
Promulgation of annual hunting
regulations relies on a well-defined
process of monitoring, data collection,
and scientific assessment. At key points
during that process, Flyway Technical
Committees, Flyway Councils, and the
public review and provide valuable
input on technical assessments or other
documents related to proposed
regulatory frameworks. The Service then
finalizes the frameworks and forwards
them to the Assistant Secretary of the
Interior for Fish and Wildlife and Parks
for final approval. After approval, each
State selects its seasons, usually
following its own schedule of public
hearings and other deliberations. After
State selections are completed, the
Service adopts them as Federal
regulations by publication in the
Federal Register.
Alternative 1: (no change alternative).
Promulgate annual regulations using
separate early and late season processes
based on previous or current year
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:17 Jul 25, 2013
Jkt 229001
biological information and established
harvest strategies.
Alternative 2: (preferred alternative).
Promulgate annual regulations using a
single process for early and late seasons
based on predictions derived from longterm biological information and
established harvest strategies.
Alternative 3: Promulgate biennial (or
longer) regulations using separate early
and late season processes.
Alternative 4: Promulgate biennial (or
longer) regulations using a single
process for early and late seasons.
Decision: The Service has selected
Alternative 2 as described in the FSEIS
for implementation. Alternative 2 is the
most effective alternative for addressing
key issues identified during the
planning process and will best achieve
the purposes and goals of the Service
and States. Implementation of the
preferred alternative is targeted for the
2015–16 regulations cycle.
Factors Considered in Making the
Decision: In reaching this decision, the
Service reviewed and considered the
following: Impacts identified in Chapter
6 of the draft and FSEIS; relevant issues,
concerns, and opportunities presented
by agencies, organizations, and
individuals throughout the planning
process, including comments on the
draft and FSEIS; and other relevant
factors, including statutory and
regulatory guidance.
The Service concludes that the impact
of Alternative 2 on hunted populations
of migratory birds compared to the no
change alternative is likely to be
minimal. Alternative 2 combines the
current early and late season regulatory
actions into a single process. Regulatory
proposals will be developed using
biological data from the preceding
year(s), model predictions, or most
recently accumulated data that are
available at the time the proposals are
being formulated. Individual harvest
strategies will be modified using either
data from the previous year(s) or model
predictions because the current year’s
data would not be available for many of
the strategies. Considerable technical
work will be necessary over a period of
years to adjust the underlying biological
models to the new regulatory time scale.
During this transition period, harvest
strategies and prescriptions will be
modified to fit into the new regulatory
schedule. These adjustments could be
accomplished immediately upon
adoption of the new process. Many
existing regulatory prescriptions used
for Canada geese and sandhill cranes
currently work on this basis. The
process will be somewhat less precise in
some instances because population
projections would be used instead of
PO 00000
Frm 00011
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
45385
current-year status information. The use
of population projections rather than
current-year population estimates
would add variability to the population
estimate from which the regulations are
based. However, the uncertainty
associated with these status predictions
will be accounted for and incorporated
into the process. This uncertainty will
not result in a disproportionately higher
harvest rate for any stock, either
annually or on a cumulative basis,
because these regulations likely would
become slightly more conservative due
to the increased uncertainty of the
population status. Additionally, under
this alternative, the SRC will meet in
March or April (exact dates would be
determined in consultation with the
four Flyway Councils). Proposed
frameworks will be available for public
review by early June. Final frameworks
will be published by mid-August. The
schedule proposed under Alternative 2
will allow 30–60 days for public input
and comments (currently the comment
period is as short as 10 days). The four
Flyway Councils could meet only once
instead of twice, and the SRC will meet
twice a year, once in January and once
in March-April, instead of the three
times they currently convene. The
reduced number of meetings could
lower administrative costs by 40 percent
per year and substantially lower the
Service’s carbon footprint due to a
decrease in travel and a reduction in the
costs associated with the additional
meetings.
2. Frequency of Review and Adoption of
Duck Regulatory Packages
Duck regulatory packages are the set
of framework regulations that apply to
the general duck hunting seasons.
Packages include opening and closing
dates, season lengths, daily bag limits,
and shooting hours. Current regulatory
packages contain a set of frameworks for
each of the four flyways and a set of four
regulatory alternatives: restrictive
(relatively short seasons and low daily
bag limits), moderate (intermediate
season lengths and daily bag limits),
liberal (longer seasons and higher daily
bag limits), and closed. The differences
in season lengths and daily bag limits
among flyways reflect the historic
differences in waterfowl abundance and
hunter numbers in these regions. Each
regulatory package has an associated
target harvest rate, which is based on
mallards since mallards are the most
well-studied and most heavily harvested
(nationally) of all duck species. Each
year the adaptive harvest management
(AHM) models are run, with the most
up-to-date harvest survey data included,
and one of the regulatory alternatives
E:\FR\FM\26JYP2.SGM
26JYP2
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
45386
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 144 / Friday, July 26, 2013 / Proposed Rules
(i.e., closed, restrictive, moderate, or
liberal) is selected based on the AHM
process. These regulatory packages
apply to all duck species except those
for which specific individual harvest
strategies exist or, in some cases, for
species in which separate daily bag
limits have been established. Daily bag
limit restrictions within the general
duck seasons are used to limit the
harvest of certain less abundant species
(e.g., American black duck, wood duck,
mottled duck).
Importantly, when employing the
AHM approach, the regulatory packages
should remain relatively constant over
time, because the optimization process
assumes that the expected harvest rates
resulting from the various packages
remains constant. However, the
uncertainty in harvest rates from what is
projected and what is realized in any
given year is a component that is
accounted for in the process; thus, there
is room for modification. Recognizing
the desire of many constituents to make
adjustments to the basic packages, a
regular process to review and
incorporate possible modifications is
necessary and appropriate. The intent,
regardless of the alternative selected
below, is to have the first open review
and possible modification of these
packages begin in the year following the
finalization of the FSEIS.
Alternative 1: (no change alternative).
Regulatory packages adopted annually.
Duck regulatory packages are
currently reviewed and adopted on an
annual basis (see above). This would
continue under this alternative.
Alternative 2: (preferred alternative).
Establish regulatory packages for 5-year
periods.
A description of duck regulatory
packages is provided above. Under this
alternative, the set of regulatory
packages would be adopted for a 5-year
period instead of annually, and changes
would be considered at the time of
renewal. The first review period would
coincide with the initial
implementation of the proposed action.
Decision: The Service has selected
Alternative 2 as described in the FSEIS
for implementation. Alternative 2 is the
most effective alternative for addressing
key issues identified during the
planning process and will best achieve
the purposes and goals of the Service
and States. Implementation of the
preferred alternative is targeted for the
2015–16 regulations cycle or as soon as
is technically feasible.
Factors Considered in Making the
Decision: In reaching this decision, the
Service reviewed and considered the
following: Impacts identified in Chapter
6 of the draft and FSEIS; relevant issues,
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:17 Jul 25, 2013
Jkt 229001
concerns, and opportunities presented
by agencies, organizations, and
individuals throughout the planning
process, including comments on the
draft and FSEIS; and other relevant
factors, including statutory and
regulatory guidance.
The Service concludes that
Alternative 2 allowing review and
adoption of regulatory packages every 5
years instead of annually is the best
course of action balancing the need for
consistent regulatory actions with the
need for occasional adjustments.
Adopting such a process will result in
limited impacts on population status.
Limiting changes to a 5-year interval is
expected to result in an improvement
over the current situation. The
improvement should result because of
the reduced variability in harvest rates
that are expected when compared to
allowing annual changes in the basic
duck regulatory packages. Adopting
packages annually as is presently done
could increase variability, if the
packages are actually changed annually.
In fact, and in recognition of this
problem, the Service has kept packages
stable, although it reviews and adopts
them each year. Alternative 2 will
minimize the frequency of changes,
thereby improving the learning potential
under the AHM process, while still
affording the option to adjust packages
at regular intervals in recognition of
changing bird status, environmental
conditions, and socioeconomic changes.
3. Stock-Specific Harvest Strategies
Harvest strategies have been
developed for stocks deemed not
biologically capable of sustaining the
same harvest levels that jointly managed
stocks are capable of sustaining, or
whose migration and distribution do not
conform to patterns followed by the
most commonly harvested species.
There also is a desire to have a known
set of conditions under which
regulations would be changed for
species covered by these strategies. The
formal strategies provide this
information by describing abundance
levels and other demographic factors
that would result in changes in harvest
opportunity. Stock-specific harvest
strategies formally adopted by the
Service include those for American
black ducks, canvasbacks, northern
pintails, and scaup. In addition, an
interim harvest strategy was recently
developed and proposed for approval
for mourning doves starting with the
2014–15 hunting season. A draft harvest
strategy for wood ducks may be
developed and considered for adoption
in the future. The Service has adopted
stock-specific strategies for ducks and
PO 00000
Frm 00012
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
mourning doves through the Federal
Register process. Harvest guidelines for
goose, swan and crane populations are
addressed in flyway-specific
management plans. Although these
harvest guidelines are not formally
adopted by the Service, the Service
gives strong consideration to these plans
when formulating annual regulatory
proposals.
Alternative 1: (no change, preferred
alternative). Continue use of currently
employed stock-specific harvest
strategies and develop new strategies
when necessary.
Alternative 2: Significantly reduce the
use of stock-specific harvest strategies.
This action would be accomplished
by reducing general seasons to a
structure that can be sustained by more
stocks than the existing aggregate
structures are able to sustain. For
example, a simplified set of regulations
for general duck seasons would result in
a reduction in the number of separate
harvest strategies that would be needed
for ducks (e.g., duck limits overall
would be reduced to those appropriate
for scaup or northern pintails,
whichever of these required the most
conservative regulations).
Alternative 3: Expand the use of
stock-specific harvest strategies to
include most individual stocks.
This alternative would lead to
additional stock-specific regulations
that would eventually result in separate
hunting seasons for most, if not all,
recognized stocks for which harvest is
allowed.
Decision: The Service has selected
Alternative 1 as described in the FSEIS
for implementation. Alternative 1 is the
most effective alternative for addressing
key issues identified during the
planning process and will best achieve
the purposes and goals of the Service
and States. Implementation of the
preferred alternative is targeted for the
2015–16 regulations cycle or as soon as
is technically feasible.
Factors Considered in Making the
Decision: In reaching this decision, the
Service reviewed and considered the
following: Impacts identified in Chapter
6 of the draft and FSEIS; relevant issues,
concerns, and opportunities presented
by agencies, organizations, and
individuals throughout the planning
process, including comments on the
draft and FSEIS; and other relevant
factors, including statutory and
regulatory guidance.
The Service concludes that the use of
stock-specific harvest strategies protects
individual species deemed biologically
incapable of sustaining the harvest
levels imposed by the current AHM
process based on mallard status.
E:\FR\FM\26JYP2.SGM
26JYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 144 / Friday, July 26, 2013 / Proposed Rules
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Alternative 1 reduces the risk of
overharvesting specific stocks without
unnecessarily reducing harvest
opportunities on more abundant
species. Alternative 1 allows hunters,
businesses, and governments to plan for
hunting expenses and regulations in
advance, since it provides a set of
conditions under which regulations
would be changed, and the extent of
change in those regulations. However,
adding additional strategies could
increase regulatory complexity because
there could be new strategies and
associated regulations developed, as
needed, to address additional stocks of
migratory birds. Any new strategies will
also increase the cost of the annual
regulatory process. Thus, new strategies
will only be added when there is a clear
need and after consultation with State
partners. New strategies will be
proposed, and the public will be
provided opportunities for comment.
The Service will continue the current
policy of reviewing, revising and/or
eliminating strategies to reflect changes
in the status and technical
understanding of the strategies that are
in use.
4. Special Regulations
Special regulations differ from stockspecific harvest strategies because they
entail additional days of harvest
opportunity outside the established
frameworks for general seasons, but
within the 107-day limit mandated by
the Migratory Bird Treaty Act (16 U.S.C.
703–712). Special regulations are
employed to provide additional harvest
opportunity on overabundant stocks,
stocks that are lightly harvested and can
sustain greater harvest pressure when
harvest can be achieved without
appreciable impacts to nontarget
species, and/or stocks whose migration
and distribution provide opportunities
outside the time period in which regular
seasons are held. An important tenet of
special regulations is that harvest
pressure can be effectively directed
primarily at target stocks that can be
temporally and geographically isolated
so as to avoid nontarget take. Currently,
special regulations include: (1)
September teal seasons in the Atlantic,
Mississippi, and Central Flyways; (2)
September teal and wood duck seasons
in Florida, Kentucky, and Tennessee; (3)
the special sea duck season along the
Atlantic Coast; and (4) special
regulations on overabundant resident
Canada geese. The Service has required
that States implementing special
regulations conduct experiments that
assess the biological impacts of those
seasons on both target and non-target
stocks.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:17 Jul 25, 2013
Jkt 229001
Alternative 1: (no change alternative).
No change to currently allowed special
regulations.
Maintain requirement for
experimental evaluation of any
proposed new special regulations and
periodic assessments of the effects of
special regulations to determine
whether they are still justified.
Alternative 2: (preferred alternative).
Eliminate experimental evaluation
requirements for special regulations on
overabundant resident Canada geese,
except for areas where previous
evaluations indicate an unacceptable
level of take of migrant Canada geese,
and in areas which have not conducted
evaluations where one could reasonably
expect an unacceptable level of take of
migrant Canada geese (e.g., areas in
northern States). All special Canada
goose seasons require Flyway Council
endorsement, and Flyway Councils may
request evaluations as part of the
approval process if they believe such
evaluations to be warranted.
Additionally, if conditions are believed
to have changed, new evaluations can
be conducted for areas in which prior
evaluations failed with respect to the
take of migrant Canada geese. The
Service may periodically re-evaluate
existing special regulations for other
species/stocks on a case-by-case basis to
determine whether they are still
justified, and will continue to require
experiments for any other types of new
special regulations. The Service will
undertake a review of the Special
harvest regulations in place for sea
ducks.
Decision: The Service has selected
Alternative 2 as described in the FSEIS
for implementation. Alternative 2 is the
most effective alternative for addressing
key issues identified during the
planning process and will best achieve
the purposes and goals of the Service
and States. Implementation of the
preferred alternative is targeted for the
2015–16 regulations cycle or as soon
following as is technically feasible.
Factors Considered in Making the
Decision: In reaching this decision, the
Service reviewed and considered the
following: Impacts identified in Chapter
6 of the draft and FSEIS; relevant issues,
concerns, and opportunities presented
by agencies, organizations, and
individuals throughout the planning
process, including comments on the
draft and FSEIS; and other relevant
factors, including statutory and
regulatory guidance.
The Service concludes that several
target populations will benefit from the
biological review that would determine
if special harvest opportunities were
still warranted. In particular, special
PO 00000
Frm 00013
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
45387
seasons for sea ducks and teal will be
considered. Elimination of experimental
season evaluations for overabundant
resident Canada geese is not expected to
alter their population status, but is
expected to expedite actions designed to
increase harvest of these birds.
Sufficient experimentation already has
been conducted, and the results indicate
that these seasons will not endanger the
resident geese. There are some risks to
non-target migrant Canada goose
populations; however, recent studies
provide sufficient data regarding select
areas where such seasons could pose a
problem for non-target goose
populations and those areas will be
addressed on a case-by-case basis to
ensure non-resident stocks are not
negatively impacted.
Alternative 2 could lead to increased
administrative costs associated with the
re-evaluation of the existing special
regulations. The Service has historically
reviewed special regulations when
changes in status or environmental
conditions suggest there is a reason to
do so. This alternative continues that
practice. Although there could be an
initial increase in cost associated with
such re-evaluations, there could also be
financial savings associated with
elimination of the experimental
evaluation requirement for most
resident Canada goose special
regulations. Depending on findings, the
results of those evaluations could lead
to expansion of one or more of the
current special duck seasons or
establishment of additional special
seasons, either of which would result in
more hunting opportunity and the
associated economic benefits. On the
other hand, evaluations could lead to
reduction or elimination of one or more
current special seasons, resulting in
reduced hunting opportunity and some
negative impacts on local economies.
Expediting the approval of additional
special regulations for resident Canada
geese would increase harvest and result
in fewer of those birds, which in turn
would reduce crop depredation and
other conflicts caused by their
overabundance.
5. Management Scale for the Harvest of
Migratory Birds
Management scale is defined as the
geographic area in which stocks are
monitored and harvest is managed.
Determining the appropriate scale of
harvest management is important for
two primary reasons: (1) Scale
determines the degree to which harvest
regulations can differ geographically,
and (2) management at smaller
geographic scales commits management
agencies to increased monitoring efforts
E:\FR\FM\26JYP2.SGM
26JYP2
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
45388
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 144 / Friday, July 26, 2013 / Proposed Rules
on greater numbers of stocks of
migratory birds. The finer the scale of
management employed in harvest
management, the higher the cost of
monitoring to management agencies.
The desire for smaller management
scales is driven by the potential for
increased harvest opportunity
associated with more refined geographic
management.
Alternative 1: (no change, preferred
alternative). Maintain the current scale
of management for all migratory bird
species.
Under this alternative, ducks would
be managed by flyway on the basis of
three mallard stocks: Eastern, western,
and mid-continent. For duck species
that are covered by harvest strategies
(e.g., pintails, scaup, and canvasbacks),
the management scale would continue
to be continental. New strategies would
include geographic definitions of the
applicable scale as part of their
descriptions. American woodcock
would continue to be managed as two
units and mourning doves as three.
Sandhill cranes, geese, tundra swans,
and band-tailed pigeons would be
managed as the currently defined
individual populations. American black
duck and wood duck seasons would
remain as currently implemented. All
geographic scales would be subject to
periodic review and revision when new
information becomes available, or if
population distributions shift markedly
in the future. This approach provides
considerable allowances for differences
in hunting opportunity based on
geographic differences in population
status and distribution, yet limits the
number of different stocks that require
individual monitoring to a manageable
level.
Alternative 2: Expand the existing
management scale by reverting to a
single continental management scale for
population monitoring of ducks,
mourning doves, and American
woodcock. The existing harvestmanagement units (e.g., flyways,
management units) would be
maintained to account for regional
differences in hunter numbers and
harvest pressure.
This alternative would establish a
continental scale for the monitoring of
migratory game birds and harvest
management decisions. Regional
differences in population status and
trends would not be taken into account
when making regulatory decisions. The
only geographic differences in harvest
opportunity would be based on the
traditional differences that have been
established among flyways and among/
between ducks, mourning dove, tundra
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:17 Jul 25, 2013
Jkt 229001
swan, and American woodcock
management units.
Alternative 3: Work to further
geographically refine the scale of duck
harvest management, and maintain
existing management scales for other
stocks.
Monitoring programs would be
established wherever sufficient
biological evidence suggests further
geographic refinement is possible for
any stocks. The monitoring programs
would allow for differential harvest
regulations within the defined range of
each stock. Conceptually, this would
greatly increase the number of stocks for
which separate regulations would be
established independently. This could
include subdividing the traditional
management units of flyways (in the
case of ducks), or the management units,
in the case of mourning doves or
American woodcock.
Decision: The Service has selected
Alternative 1 as described in the FSEIS
for implementation. Alternative 1 is the
most effective alternative for addressing
key issues identified during the
planning process and will best achieve
the purposes and goals of the Service
and States. Implementation of the
preferred alternative is targeted for the
2015–16 regulations cycle or as soon
following as is technically feasible.
Factors Considered in Making the
Decision: In reaching this decision, the
Service reviewed and considered the
following: Impacts identified in Chapter
6 of the draft and FSEIS; relevant issues,
concerns, and opportunities presented
by agencies, organizations, and
individuals throughout the planning
process, including comments on the
draft and FSEIS; and other relevant
factors, including statutory and
regulatory guidance.
The Service concludes that
Alternative 1 ensures sustainable
continental populations of mallards and
other duck species that are the subjects
of species-specific harvest strategies,
because those harvest strategies are
supported by adequate population size,
harvest monitoring programs, and other
relevant population statistics. Likewise,
geese, mourning doves, woodcock,
sandhill cranes, tundra swans, and
band-tailed pigeons are monitored at
their current management scales to
ensure sustainability. However, if
distinct subpopulations exist within any
of the currently defined populations/
species, and have demographics that
differ greatly from the managementscale-wide average, those
subpopulations could undergo
undetected growth or decline under
Alternative 1. Coots, gallinules,
moorhens, snipe, and rails will be
PO 00000
Frm 00014
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
managed at the continental scale under
this alternative. Alternative 1 maintains
the traditional approach of allowing for
recognition of geographic variation in
harvest opportunity while maintaining a
relatively limited number of geographic
units that must be monitored and
managed separately. Costs of monitoring
and managing at the current scale have
been considered acceptable to the
public and the cooperating management
agencies. To date, the level of hunting
opportunity that this alternative affords
has been adequate to satisfy migratory
bird hunters in most years. This
approach represents a compromise
between recognition of existing natural
variation in abundance and distribution
with the costs associated with managing
at more refined geographic scales, such
as is considered in Alternative 3 for this
component.
6. Zones and Split Seasons
A zone is a geographic area or portion
of a State, with a contiguous boundary,
for which an independent season may
be selected. A split is a situation where
a season is broken into two or more
segments with a closed period between
segments. The combination of zones and
split seasons allows a State to maximize
harvest opportunity within the Federal
frameworks without exceeding the
number of days allowed for a given
season. Guidelines for the use of zones
and splits have been formalized for
ducks and doves. For these species,
States select zone/split configurations
for 5-year periods. After each 5 year
period, States have the opportunity to
change their configurations within the
provisions of the guidelines. The use of
zones and split seasons for other
migratory game birds is handled on a
case-by-case basis. Refer to Chapter 2 of
the FSEIS for a more in-depth
description of zones and splits.
Alternative 1: (no change, preferred
alternative). Continue the current use of
zones and split seasons and the 5-year
schedule for consideration of changes
for ducks and doves within established
zones/splits guidelines. Goose and crane
zones may be adjusted annually.
Alternative 2: Allow annual
adjustments to zone/split-season
configurations for all migratory game
birds.
Decision: The Service has selected
Alternative 1 as described in the FSEIS
for implementation. Alternative 1 is the
most effective alternative for addressing
key issues identified during the
planning process and will best achieve
the purposes and goals of the Service
and States. Implementation of the
preferred alternative is targeted for the
E:\FR\FM\26JYP2.SGM
26JYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 144 / Friday, July 26, 2013 / Proposed Rules
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
2015–16 regulations cycle or as soon
following as is technically feasible.
Factors Considered in Making the
Decision: In reaching this decision, the
Service reviewed and considered the
following: Impacts identified in Chapter
6 of the draft and FSEIS; relevant issues,
concerns, and opportunities presented
by agencies, organizations, and
individuals throughout the planning
process, including comments on the
draft and FSEIS; and other relevant
factors, including statutory and
regulatory guidance.
The Service recognizes that the use of
zones and split seasons results in some
additional harvest, but the incremental
impacts of each State’s existing zone
and split season configuration on the
overall harvest of ducks and doves are
not anticipated to be significant at the
population level. However, most duck
and dove populations are stable or
increasing, indicating that within the
context of other framework regulations,
current zone and split season
configurations are not adversely
impacting those populations. When
reductions in harvest are necessary, they
are accomplished through framework
regulations, taking into account the
effects of existing zone and split season
configurations. Thus, Alternative 1 is
not expected to have any measurable
impacts on target duck and dove
populations compared to current
practice. The use of zones and split
seasons enables States to better
maximize hunting opportunity, thereby
encouraging participation in migratory
bird hunting and resulting in increased
benefits to local economies. Alternative
1 would maintain those benefits at
current levels. Limiting the frequency of
potential changes to the proposed 5-year
interval for zone/split-season
configurations continues to be
somewhat less responsive to public
desires for adjustments, but there is no
evidence that this has impacted hunter
participation negatively. States incur
some costs associated with contacting
their hunting publics to assess their
desires with regard to zone locations
and dates for split seasons, primarily
through public meetings and surveys.
7. Subsistence-Harvest Regulatory
Process
Regulations governing the subsistence
harvest of migratory birds provide a
framework that enables the continuation
of customary and traditional subsistence
uses of migratory birds in Alaska. These
regulations are subject to annual review
and are developed under a comanagement process involving the
Service, the Alaska Department of Fish
and Game, and Alaska Native
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:17 Jul 25, 2013
Jkt 229001
representatives. This annual review
process establishes regulations that
prescribe frameworks for dates when
harvesting of birds may occur, species
that can be taken, and methods and
means that are excluded from use.
Alternative 1: (no change, preferred
alternative). Allow a spring-summer
subsistence hunting season with
regulations necessary to ensure the longterm conservation of the migratory bird
resource.
Under this alternative, the Service
would allow a spring-summer harvest of
migratory birds. The harvest would, to
the extent possible, be consistent with
the customary and traditional
subsistence harvest of migratory birds
by Alaskan indigenous inhabitants,
while providing for the long-term
sustained use of the migratory bird
resource. Egg gathering would be
consistent with the customary and
traditional subsistence harvest of eggs
by Alaskan indigenous inhabitants.
Only bird populations that are
determined to be capable of supporting
this sustained use would be open to
harvest.
In general, the Service will consider
the following actions when establishing
subsistence hunting regulations
consistent with the long-term
conservation of species open to
subsistence harvest. The species open to
harvest will be determined annually
based on conservation status and a
determination that harvest is consistent
with long-term conservation. The
secondary consideration of the Service
in establishing subsistence harvest
regulations will be to preserve the
customary and traditional practices of
the rural residents of Alaska to the
maximum extent possible after ensuring
the long-term conservation of species
harvested. The third consideration of
the Service in establishing subsistence
harvest regulations will be to determine
that the proposed harvest is consistent
with the Migratory Bird Treaty Act
(MBTA), as modified by amendments to
the Protocols of Migratory Bird Treaties
with Canada and Mexico. A summary of
the potential management tools that
could be employed to regulate
subsistence harvest under these actions
is as follows:
(A) Closures to protect nesting birds.
For all species, the Service will require
at least a 30 day closure to protect
nesting birds. In-season closures of a
minimum of 30 days will be set for each
region to protect nesting birds. The
closed period will apply every year;
however, the dates of the closures may
be altered to adapt to changes in the
nesting cycle of birds. Regions may have
different closures for different
PO 00000
Frm 00015
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
45389
taxonomic groups. Closures may be set
in advance in regulation or may be set
in-season, based upon data collected by
field biologists and subsistence users. In
the case of closures set in-season, the
dates will be announced by the U.S.
Fish and Wildlife Service Regional
Director (or designee) and then
broadcast widely.
(B) Species closures to all harvest.
Seasons for certain species may be
closed when there is a conservation
concern. Harvest will be resumed when
the species recovers to a status sufficient
to ensure sustainability.
(C) Species closures to egg-gathering.
Species may be closed to egg-gathering
when there is a conservation concern.
Egg harvest may be resumed when the
species recovers to a status sufficient to
ensure sustainability.
(D) Special area closure. A defined
area may be closed to all harvest of a
species when there is a conservation
concern. The closure may be lifted
when the species has recovered. A
defined area also may be closed to all
harvest of a particular species when the
species in question has not been
traditionally harvested or when the
Regional Council, which represents the
land in question, recommends the
closure.
(E) Early season closure. A season
may be closed early for a defined area
to protect birds staging during migration
when there is a conservation concern or
the birds are vulnerable to excessive
harvest.
(F) Establishment of a community bag
limit. A community or regional bag limit
may be implemented only in the case in
which the affected species would
otherwise be closed to all harvest.
(G) Special opening for a specified
area. Special openings (i.e., egg
gathering) may be created to allow for
the customary and traditional use of a
migratory bird species in areas that are
not otherwise eligible to participate in
subsistence harvest seasons. Such areas
will be recommended by Regional
Councils, and such recommendations
will be based on evidence of customary
and traditional subsistence harvest
practices.
(H) Individual bag limits. Personal
harvester bag limits may be imposed in
the case of a declining population of a
species that would otherwise be closed,
or an increasing population that is
closed to harvest and would not
otherwise be open. Personal bag limits
will be employed only after consultation
with respective regional management
bodies affected through the Alaska
Migratory Bird Co-management Council
(AMBCC) process described in
Appendix 6 of the FEIS.
E:\FR\FM\26JYP2.SGM
26JYP2
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
45390
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 144 / Friday, July 26, 2013 / Proposed Rules
Alternative 2: Open a spring-summer
subsistence hunting season that
incorporates fall-winter hunting season
regulations (e.g., bag limits, shooting
hours).
Under this alternative, the Service
would replace the current springsummer subsistence hunting season
regulations with regulations consistent
with the fall harvest. Methods and
means required for fall-winter hunting
would be adopted, daily bag limits for
individual hunters would be imposed,
and fall regulations concerning
exchange and transport of birds and bird
parts would apply. Egg gathering would,
to the extent possible, be consistent
with the customary and traditional
subsistence harvest of eggs by Alaskan
indigenous inhabitants.
The regulations at title 50 of the Code
of Federal Regulations (CFR), part 20,
subpart C (Taking), apply in this
alternative with the exception of closed
seasons (§ 20.22). 50 CFR 20, subpart D
(Possession), also applies with the
exception of § 20.32. The final
frameworks approved by the Secretary
of the Interior for the Pacific Flyway
season would apply with the following
exceptions: (1) Shooting hours would
not be specified; (2) the season would be
from April 2 through August 31; and (3)
the closed periods to protect nesting
birds described in Alternative 1 would
apply.
Decision: The Service has selected
Alternative 1 as described in the FSEIS
for implementation. Alternative 1 is the
most effective alternative for addressing
key issues identified during the
planning process and will best achieve
the purposes and goals of the Service
and States. Implementation of the
preferred alternative is targeted for the
2015–16 regulations cycle or as soon
following as is technically feasible.
Factors Considered in Making the
Decision: In reaching this decision, the
Service reviewed and considered the
following: Impacts identified in Chapter
6 of the draft and FSEIS; relevant issues,
concerns, and opportunities presented
by agencies, organizations, and
individuals throughout the planning
process, including comments on the
draft and FSEIS; and other relevant
factors, including statutory and
regulatory guidance.
The preamble of the 1995 Protocol to
the Migratory Bird Treaty Amendment
states, ‘‘. . . it is not the intent of this
Protocol to cause significant increases in
the take of species of migratory birds
relative to their continental population
sizes.’’ The use of household surveys of
subsistence harvest areas will enable
tracking of participation in subsistence
harvest activities and the extent of the
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:17 Jul 25, 2013
Jkt 229001
take. Should the harvest significantly
increase relative to continental
populations, then regulatory actions
would be taken to keep harvest in
compliance with the 1995 Protocol.
Under Alternative 1, law enforcement
efforts will be carried out commensurate
with threats to migratory bird
populations to ensure that compliance
is achieved to maintain harvest at
prescribed levels. The subsistence
economies of rural areas will continue
to benefit from an important food
resource which is traditionally shared
among members of a community. In
addition, this alternative promotes the
establishment of regulations
recommended by the AMBCC which,
along with the regional management
bodies, is the embodiment of the comanagement process. Greater
compliance with regulations developed
through the co-management process is
more likely than with Alternative 2. By
being part of the regulatory process,
subsistence hunters, and those who
share in the harvest, will have a sense
of ownership, leading to greater
compliance. An example of how this
has worked in the past is the population
recovery of cackling Canada geese that
nest on the Yukon-Kuskokwim Delta, in
Alaska. The institution of the Hooper
Bay agreement in advance of the
Migratory Bird Treaty Amendment led
to reduced subsistence and reduced fallwinter harvests of cackling Canada
geese and helped the population recover
from a low of about 25,000 birds to the
current population size of
approximately 200,000. Participation in
the regulatory process also is
anticipated to result in greater
participation in the harvest survey.
Broader coverage of the survey would
lead to more accurate harvest data
because it would include the harvest of
more of the subsistence hunter
population.
Avoiding and Minimizing
Environmental Harm
The above seven components of the
annual regulatory process are designed
to continue and improve the longstanding Federal process for
establishing regulations for hunting
migratory birds. These components
continue the process that has
maintained this harvest consistent with
the long-term conservation of the
species and populations that are
harvested. The preferred alternatives
selected for these components will
reduce the administrative burden and
thus reduce the carbon footprint by both
Federal and State government agencies
by reducing the number of meetings
conducted annually to establish these
PO 00000
Frm 00016
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
regulations. In addition, changing the
timing of the meetings will now allow
for a greater opportunity for public
input and consideration of the proposed
annual regulations. The changed
process will also allow for periodic
modifications of the underlying
regulatory packages at 5-year intervals
to better address potential changes in
environmental conditions caused by
factors other than hunting (i.e., climate
change). These changes are possible due
to improved technical understanding
gained through decades of monitoring
and assessment of these biological
systems. This process will not alter the
continued development and
improvement of such understanding of
the biological systems, as monitoring
and assessment will continue on an
annual basis.
Public Involvement
Scoping is the initial stage of the EIS
process used to design the extent and
influence of an action. On September 8,
2005, the Service published a notice of
intent to prepare a SEIS on the hunting
of migratory birds under the authority of
the MBTA (70 FR 53376). On March 9,
2006, the Service subsequently
announced a total of 12 public meetings
to be held across the United States to
accept public and agency comment on
the scope and relevant issues that
should be addressed in the SEIS (71 FR
12216). In addition to these public
meetings, the Service established a Web
site to receive electronic comments and
solicited written comments. The Service
also announced that all comments
received from the initiation of this
process on September 8, 2005 until May
30, 2006 would be considered in the
development of the SEIS. Subsequent to
the conclusion of the scoping process a
draft FSEIS was developed based on the
input received. The draft FSEIS was
released for public comment on June 7,
2010 and comments were accepted until
March 31, 2011. All comments on the
draft FSEIS were carefully considered in
the preparation of the FSEIS and the
selection of the preferred alternatives for
the seven regulatory components
considered.
Findings Required by Other Laws and
Executive Orders
Please see the Other Required
Determinations section of this
document.
For Further Information
Questions about the FSEIS may be
directed to Robert Trost, Pacific Flyway
Representative, Division of Migratory
Bird Management, Portland, OR 97232;
phone number (503) 231–6162, fax
E:\FR\FM\26JYP2.SGM
26JYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 144 / Friday, July 26, 2013 / Proposed Rules
number (503) 231–6228, and email:
robert_trost@fws.gov.
Supporting References
U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service. 2010.
Issuance of Annual Regulations
Permitting the hunting of Migratory
Birds: Draft Supplemental
Environmental Impact Statement. U.S.
Fish and Wildlife Service, Washington,
DC. 296 pages.
U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service. 2013.
Issuance of Annual Regulations
Permitting the hunting of Migratory
Birds: Final Supplemental
Environmental Impact Statement. U.S.
Fish and Wildlife Service, Washington,
DC. 418 pages.
Note: This RoD and supporting references
are available for public review from the
Pacific Flyway Representative, Division of
Migratory Bird Management at (503) 231–
6162, or the Chief, Division of Migratory Bird
Management, at (703) 358–1714. Alternately,
you may write to: Pacific Flyway
Representative, Division of Migratory Bird
Management, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service,
911 NE 11th Avenue, Portland, OR 97232.
Paperwork Reduction Act
This proposed rule does not contain
any new information collection
requirement that require approval under
the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995
(44 U.S.C. 3501 et seq.). We may not
conduct or sponsor and you are not
required to respond to a collection of
information unless it displays a
currently valid OMB control number.
OMB has reviewed and approved the
information collection requirements
associated with migratory bird surveys
and assigned the following OMB control
numbers:
• 1018–0010—Mourning Dove Call
Count Survey (expires 4/30/2015).
• 1018–001—North American
Woodcock Singing Ground Survey
(expires 4/30/2015).
• 1018–0023—Migratory Bird
Surveys (expires 4/30/2015). Includes
Migratory Bird Harvest Information
Program, Migratory Bird Hunter
Surveys, Sandhill Crane Survey, and
Parts Collection Survey.
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Other Required Determinations
Based on our most current data, we
are affirming our required
determinations made in earlier
proposed rules; for descriptions of our
actions to ensure compliance with the
following statutes and Executive Orders,
see our April 9, and June 14, 2013,
proposed rules (78 FR 21200 and 78 FR
35844):
• Regulatory Planning and Review
(Executive Orders 12866 and 13563);
• Endangered Species Act;
• Regulatory Flexibility Act;
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:17 Jul 25, 2013
Jkt 229001
• Small Business Regulatory
Enforcement Fairness Act;
• Unfunded Mandates Reform Act;
• Executive Orders 12630, 12988,
13175, 13132, and 13211.
List of Subjects in 50 CFR Part 20
Exports, Hunting, Imports, Reporting
and recordkeeping requirements,
Transportation, Wildlife.
The rules that eventually will be
promulgated for the 2013–14 hunting
season are authorized under 16 U.S.C.
703–712 and 16 U.S.C. 742 a–j.
Dated: July 18, 2013.
Rachel Jacobson,
Principal Deputy Assistant Secretary for Fish
and Wildlife and Parks.
Proposed Regulations Frameworks for
2013–14 Early Hunting Seasons on
Certain Migratory Game Birds
Pursuant to the Migratory Bird Treaty
Act and delegated authorities, the
Department of the Interior approved the
following proposed frameworks, which
prescribe season lengths, bag limits,
shooting hours, and outside dates
within which States may select hunting
seasons for certain migratory game birds
between September 1, 2013, and March
10, 2014. These frameworks are
summarized below.
General
Dates: All outside dates noted below
are inclusive.
Shooting and Hawking (taking by
falconry) Hours: Unless otherwise
specified, from one-half hour before
sunrise to sunset daily.
Possession Limits: Unless otherwise
specified, possession limits are three
times the daily bag limit.
Permits: For some species of
migratory birds, the Service authorizes
the use of permits to regulate harvest or
monitor their take by sport hunters, or
both. In many cases (e.g., tundra swans,
some sandhill crane populations), the
Service determines the amount of
harvest that may be taken during
hunting seasons during its formal
regulations-setting process, and the
States then issue permits to hunters at
levels predicted to result in the amount
of take authorized by the Service. Thus,
although issued by States, the permits
would not be valid unless the Service
approved such take in its regulations.
These Federally authorized, Stateissued permits are issued to individuals,
and only the individual whose name
and address appears on the permit at the
time of issuance is authorized to take
migratory birds at levels specified in the
permit, in accordance with provisions of
both Federal and State regulations
governing the hunting season. The
PO 00000
Frm 00017
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
45391
permit must be carried by the permittee
when exercising its provisions and must
be presented to any law enforcement
officer upon request. The permit is not
transferrable or assignable to another
individual, and may not be sold,
bartered, traded, or otherwise provided
to another person. If the permit is
altered or defaced in any way, the
permit becomes invalid.
Flyways and Management Units
Waterfowl Flyways
Atlantic Flyway—includes
Connecticut, Delaware, Florida, Georgia,
Maine, Maryland, Massachusetts, New
Hampshire, New Jersey, New York,
North Carolina, Pennsylvania, Rhode
Island, South Carolina, Vermont,
Virginia, and West Virginia.
Mississippi Flyway—includes
Alabama, Arkansas, Illinois, Indiana,
Iowa, Kentucky, Louisiana, Michigan,
Minnesota, Mississippi, Missouri, Ohio,
Tennessee, and Wisconsin.
Central Flyway—includes Colorado
(east of the Continental Divide), Kansas,
Montana (Counties of Blaine, Carbon,
Fergus, Judith Basin, Stillwater,
Sweetgrass, Wheatland, and all counties
east thereof), Nebraska, New Mexico
(east of the Continental Divide except
the Jicarilla Apache Indian Reservation),
North Dakota, Oklahoma, South Dakota,
Texas, and Wyoming (east of the
Continental Divide).
Pacific Flyway—includes Alaska,
Arizona, California, Idaho, Nevada,
Oregon, Utah, Washington, and those
portions of Colorado, Montana, New
Mexico, and Wyoming not included in
the Central Flyway.
Management Units
Mourning Dove Management Units
Eastern Management Unit—All States
east of the Mississippi River, and
Louisiana.
Central Management Unit—Arkansas,
Colorado, Iowa, Kansas, Minnesota,
Missouri, Montana, Nebraska, New
Mexico, North Dakota, Oklahoma, South
Dakota, Texas, and Wyoming.
Western Management Unit—Arizona,
California, Idaho, Nevada, Oregon, Utah,
and Washington.
Woodcock Management Regions
Eastern Management Region—
Connecticut, Delaware, Florida, Georgia,
Maine, Maryland, Massachusetts, New
Hampshire, New Jersey, New York,
North Carolina, Pennsylvania, Rhode
Island, South Carolina, Vermont,
Virginia, and West Virginia.
Central Management Region—
Alabama, Arkansas, Illinois, Indiana,
Iowa, Kansas, Kentucky, Louisiana,
E:\FR\FM\26JYP2.SGM
26JYP2
45392
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 144 / Friday, July 26, 2013 / Proposed Rules
Michigan, Minnesota, Mississippi,
Missouri, Nebraska, North Dakota, Ohio,
Oklahoma, South Dakota, Tennessee,
Texas, and Wisconsin.
Other geographic descriptions are
contained in a later portion of this
document.
Definitions
Dark geese: Canada geese, whitefronted geese, brant (except in Alaska,
California, Oregon, Washington, and the
Atlantic Flyway), and all other goose
species, except light geese.
Light geese: Snow (including blue)
geese and Ross’s geese.
Waterfowl Seasons in the Atlantic
Flyway
In the Atlantic Flyway States of
Connecticut, Delaware, Maine,
Maryland, Massachusetts, New Jersey,
North Carolina, Pennsylvania, and
Virginia, where Sunday hunting is
prohibited Statewide by State law, all
Sundays are closed to all take of
migratory waterfowl (including
mergansers and coots).
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Special September Teal Season
Outside Dates: Between September 1
and September 30, an open season on
all species of teal may be selected by the
following States in areas delineated by
State regulations:
Atlantic Flyway—Delaware, Florida,
Georgia, Maryland, North Carolina,
South Carolina, and Virginia.
Mississippi Flyway—Alabama,
Arkansas, Illinois, Indiana, Kentucky,
Louisiana, Mississippi, Missouri, Ohio,
and Tennessee.
Central Flyway—Colorado (part),
Kansas, Nebraska (part), New Mexico
(part), Oklahoma, and Texas.
Hunting Seasons and Daily Bag
Limits: Not to exceed 16 consecutive
hunting days in the Atlantic,
Mississippi, and Central Flyways. The
daily bag limit is 6 teal.
Shooting Hours:
Atlantic Flyway—One-half hour
before sunrise to sunset.
Mississippi and Central Flyways—
One-half hour before sunrise to sunset,
except in the States of Arkansas,
Illinois, Indiana, Missouri, and Ohio,
where the hours are from sunrise to
sunset.
Special September Duck Seasons
Florida, Kentucky and Tennessee: In
lieu of a special September teal season,
a 5-consecutive-day season may be
selected in September. The daily bag
limit may not exceed 4 teal and wood
ducks in the aggregate, of which no
more than 2 may be wood ducks.
Iowa: Iowa may hold up to 5 days of
its regular duck hunting season in
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:17 Jul 25, 2013
Jkt 229001
September. All ducks that are legal
during the regular duck season may be
taken during the September segment of
the season. The September season
segment may commence no earlier than
the Saturday nearest September 20
(September 21). The daily bag and
possession limits will be the same as
those in effect last year but are subject
to change during the late-season
regulations process. The remainder of
the regular duck season may not begin
before October 10.
Special Youth Waterfowl Hunting Days
Outside Dates: States may select 2
days per duck-hunting zone, designated
as ‘‘Youth Waterfowl Hunting Days,’’ in
addition to their regular duck seasons.
The days must be held outside any
regular duck season on a weekend,
holidays, or other non-school days
when youth hunters would have the
maximum opportunity to participate.
The days may be held up to 14 days
before or after any regular duck-season
frameworks or within any split of a
regular duck season, or within any other
open season on migratory birds.
Daily Bag Limits: The daily bag limits
may include ducks, geese, mergansers,
coots, and gallinules and will be the
same as those allowed in the regular
season. Flyway species and area
restrictions will remain in effect.
Shooting Hours: One-half hour before
sunrise to sunset.
Participation Restrictions: Youth
hunters must be 15 years of age or
younger. In addition, an adult at least 18
years of age must accompany the youth
hunter into the field. This adult may not
duck hunt but may participate in other
seasons that are open on the special
youth day.
Scoters, Eiders, and Long-Tailed Ducks
(Atlantic Flyway)
Outside Dates: Between September 15
and January 31.
Hunting Seasons and Daily Bag
Limits: Not to exceed 107 days, with a
daily bag limit of 7, singly or in the
aggregate, of the listed sea duck species,
of which no more than 4 may be scoters.
Daily Bag Limits During the Regular
Duck Season: Within the special sea
duck areas, during the regular duck
season in the Atlantic Flyway, States
may choose to allow the above sea duck
limits in addition to the limits applying
to other ducks during the regular duck
season. In all other areas, sea ducks may
be taken only during the regular open
season for ducks and are part of the
regular duck season daily bag (not to
exceed 4 scoters) and possession limits.
Areas: In all coastal waters and all
waters of rivers and streams seaward
PO 00000
Frm 00018
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
from the first upstream bridge in Maine,
New Hampshire, Massachusetts, Rhode
Island, Connecticut, and New York; in
any waters of the Atlantic Ocean and in
any tidal waters of any bay which are
separated by at least 1 mile of open
water from any shore, island, and
emergent vegetation in New Jersey,
South Carolina, and Georgia; and in any
waters of the Atlantic Ocean and in any
tidal waters of any bay which are
separated by at least 800 yards of open
water from any shore, island, and
emergent vegetation in Delaware,
Maryland, North Carolina, and Virginia;
and provided that any such areas have
been described, delineated, and
designated as special sea duck hunting
areas under the hunting regulations
adopted by the respective States.
Special Early Canada Goose Seasons
Atlantic Flyway
General Seasons
A Canada goose season of up to 15
days during September 1–15 may be
selected for the Eastern Unit of
Maryland. Seasons not to exceed 30
days during September 1–30 may be
selected for Connecticut, Florida,
Georgia, New Jersey, New York (Long
Island Zone only), North Carolina,
Rhode Island, and South Carolina.
Seasons may not exceed 25 days during
September 1–25 in the remainder of the
Flyway. Areas open to the hunting of
Canada geese must be described,
delineated, and designated as such in
each State’s hunting regulations.
Daily Bag Limits: Not to exceed 15
Canada geese.
Shooting Hours: One-half hour before
sunrise to sunset, except that during any
general season, shooting hours may
extend to one-half hour after sunset if
all other waterfowl seasons are closed in
the specific applicable area.
Mississippi Flyway
General Seasons
Canada goose seasons of up to 15 days
during September 1–15 may be selected,
except in the Upper Peninsula in
Michigan, where the season may not
extend beyond September 10, and in
Minnesota, where a season of up to 22
days during September 1–22 may be
selected. The daily bag limit may not
exceed 5 Canada geese, except in
designated areas of Minnesota where the
daily bag limit may not exceed 10
Canada geese. Areas open to the hunting
of Canada geese must be described,
delineated, and designated as such in
each State’s hunting regulations.
A Canada goose season of up to 10
consecutive days during September 1–
E:\FR\FM\26JYP2.SGM
26JYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 144 / Friday, July 26, 2013 / Proposed Rules
10 may be selected by Michigan for
Huron, Saginaw, and Tuscola Counties,
except that the Shiawassee National
Wildlife Refuge, Shiawassee River State
Game Area Refuge, and the Fish Point
Wildlife Area Refuge will remain
closed. The daily bag limit may not
exceed 5 Canada geese.
Shooting Hours: One-half hour before
sunrise to sunset, except that during
September 1–15 shooting hours may
extend to one-half hour after sunset if
all other waterfowl seasons are closed in
the specific applicable area.
Wyoming may select an 8-day season
on Canada geese during the period
September 1–15. This season is subject
to the following conditions:
A. Where applicable, the season must
be concurrent with the September
portion of the sandhill crane season.
B. A daily bag limit of 3, with season
and possession limits of 9, will apply to
the special season.
Areas open to hunting of Canada
geese in each State must be described,
delineated, and designated as such in
each State’s hunting regulations.
Central Flyway
Regular Goose Seasons
Regular goose seasons may open as
early as September 11 in the Upper
Peninsula of Michigan and September
16 in Wisconsin and the Lower
Peninsula of Michigan. Season lengths,
bag and possession limits, and other
provisions will be established during
the late-season regulations process.
General Seasons
In Kansas, Nebraska, Oklahoma,
South Dakota, and Texas, Canada goose
seasons of up to 30 days during
September 1–30 may be selected. In
Colorado, New Mexico, North Dakota,
Montana, and Wyoming, Canada goose
seasons of up to 15 days during
September 1–15 may be selected. The
daily bag limit may not exceed 5 Canada
geese, except in Kansas, Nebraska, and
Oklahoma, where the daily bag limit
may not exceed 8 Canada geese and in
North Dakota and South Dakota, where
the daily bag limit may not exceed 15
Canada geese. Areas open to the hunting
of Canada geese must be described,
delineated, and designated as such in
each State’s hunting regulations.
Shooting Hours: One-half hour before
sunrise to sunset, except that during
September 1–15 shooting hours may
extend to one-half hour after sunset if
all other waterfowl seasons are closed in
the specific applicable area.
Pacific Flyway
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
General Seasons
California may select a 9-day season
in Humboldt County during the period
September 1–15. The daily bag limit is
2.
Colorado may select a 9-day season
during the period of September 1–15.
The daily bag limit is 4.
Oregon may select a special Canada
goose season of up to 15 days during the
period September 1–15. In addition, in
the NW Goose Management Zone in
Oregon, a 15-day season may be selected
during the period September 1–20.
Daily bag limits may not exceed 5
Canada geese.
Idaho may select a 7-day season
during the period September 1–15. The
daily bag limit is 2.
Washington may select a special
Canada goose season of up to 15 days
during the period September 1–15.
Daily bag limits may not exceed 5
Canada geese.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:17 Jul 25, 2013
Jkt 229001
Sandhill Cranes
Regular Seasons in the Mississippi
Flyway
Outside Dates: Between September 1
and February 28.
Hunting Seasons: A season not to
exceed 37 consecutive days may be
selected in the designated portion of
northwestern Minnesota (Northwest
Goose Zone).
Daily Bag Limit: 2 sandhill cranes.
Permits: Each person participating in
the regular sandhill crane season must
have a valid Federal or State sandhill
crane hunting permit.
Experimental Seasons in the Mississippi
Flyway
Outside Dates: Between September 1
and January 31.
Hunting Seasons: A season not to
exceed 30 consecutive days may be
selected in Kentucky and a season not
to exceed 60 consecutive days may be
selected in Tennessee.
Daily Bag Limit: Not to exceed 2 daily
and 2 per season in Kentucky. Not to
exceed 3 daily and 3 per season in
Tennessee.
Permits: Each person participating in
the regular sandhill crane season must
have a valid Federal or State sandhill
crane hunting permit.
Other Provisions: Numbers of permits,
open areas, season dates, protection
plans for other species, and other
provisions of seasons must be consistent
with the management plan and
approved by the Mississippi Flyway
Council.
Regular Seasons in the Central Flyway
Outside Dates: Between September 1
and February 28.
PO 00000
Frm 00019
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
45393
Hunting Seasons: Seasons not to
exceed 37 consecutive days may be
selected in designated portions of Texas
(Area 2). Seasons not to exceed 58
consecutive days may be selected in
designated portions of the following
States: Colorado, Kansas, Montana,
North Dakota, South Dakota, and
Wyoming. Seasons not to exceed 93
consecutive days may be selected in
designated portions of the following
States: New Mexico, Oklahoma, and
Texas.
Daily Bag Limits: 3 sandhill cranes,
except 2 sandhill cranes in designated
portions of North Dakota (Area 2) and
Texas (Area 2).
Permits: Each person participating in
the regular sandhill crane season must
have a valid Federal or State sandhill
crane hunting permit.
Special Seasons in the Central and
Pacific Flyways
Arizona, Colorado, Idaho, Montana,
New Mexico, Utah, and Wyoming may
select seasons for hunting sandhill
cranes within the range of the Rocky
Mountain Population (RMP) subject to
the following conditions:
Outside Dates: Between September 1
and January 31.
Hunting Seasons: The season in any
State or zone may not exceed 30
consecutive days.
Bag limits: Not to exceed 3 daily and
9 per season.
Permits: Participants must have a
valid permit, issued by the appropriate
State, in their possession while hunting.
Other Provisions: Numbers of permits,
open areas, season dates, protection
plans for other species, and other
provisions of seasons must be consistent
with the management plan and
approved by the Central and Pacific
Flyway Councils, with the following
exceptions:
A. In Utah, 100 percent of the harvest
will be assigned to the RMP quota;
B. In Arizona, monitoring the racial
composition of the harvest must be
conducted at 3-year intervals;
C. In Idaho, 100 percent of the harvest
will be assigned to the RMP quota; and
D. In New Mexico, the season in the
Estancia Valley is experimental, with a
requirement to monitor the level and
racial composition of the harvest;
greater sandhill cranes in the harvest
will be assigned to the RMP quota.
Special Seasons in the Pacific Flyway
Arizona may select a season for
hunting sandhill cranes within the
range of the Lower Colorado River
Population (LCR) of sandhill cranes,
subject to the following conditions:
Outside Dates: Between January 1 and
January 31.
E:\FR\FM\26JYP2.SGM
26JYP2
45394
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 144 / Friday, July 26, 2013 / Proposed Rules
Hunting Seasons: The season may not
exceed 3 days.
Bag limits: Not to exceed 1 daily and
1 per season.
Permits: Participants must have a
valid permit, issued by the appropriate
State, in their possession while hunting.
Other provisions: The season is
experimental. Numbers of permits, open
areas, season dates, protection plans for
other species, and other provisions of
seasons must be consistent with the
management plan and approved by the
Pacific Flyway Council.
Common Moorhens and Purple
Gallinules
Outside Dates: Between September 1
and the last Sunday in January (January
26) in the Atlantic, Mississippi, and
Central Flyways. States in the Pacific
Flyway have been allowed to select
their hunting seasons between the
outside dates for the season on ducks;
therefore, they are late-season
frameworks, and no frameworks are
provided in this document.
Hunting Seasons and Daily Bag
Limits: Seasons may not exceed 70 days
in the Atlantic, Mississippi, and Central
Flyways. Seasons may be split into 2
segments. The daily bag limit is 15
common moorhens and purple
gallinules, singly or in the aggregate of
the two species.
Zoning: Seasons may be selected by
zones established for duck hunting.
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Rails
Outside Dates: States included herein
may select seasons between September
1 and the last Sunday in January
(January 26) on clapper, king, sora, and
Virginia rails.
Hunting Seasons: Seasons may not
exceed 70 days, and may be split into
2 segments.
Daily Bag Limits:
Clapper and King Rails—In Rhode
Island, Connecticut, New Jersey,
Delaware, and Maryland, 10, singly or
in the aggregate of the two species. In
Texas, Louisiana, Mississippi, Alabama,
Georgia, Florida, South Carolina, North
Carolina, and Virginia, 15, singly or in
the aggregate of the two species.
Sora and Virginia Rails—In the
Atlantic, Mississippi, and Central
Flyways and the Pacific Flyway
portions of Colorado, Montana, New
Mexico, and Wyoming, 25 rails, singly
or in the aggregate of the two species.
The season is closed in the remainder of
the Pacific Flyway.
Common Snipe
Outside Dates: Between September 1
and February 28, except in Maine,
Vermont, New Hampshire,
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:17 Jul 25, 2013
Jkt 229001
Massachusetts, Rhode Island,
Connecticut, New York, New Jersey,
Delaware, Maryland, and Virginia,
where the season must end no later than
January 31.
Hunting Seasons and Daily Bag
Limits: Seasons may not exceed 107
days and may be split into two
segments. The daily bag limit is 8 snipe.
Zoning: Seasons may be selected by
zones established for duck hunting.
American Woodcock
Outside Dates: States in the Eastern
Management Region may select hunting
seasons between October 1 and January
31. States in the Central Management
Region may select hunting seasons
between the Saturday nearest September
22 (September 21) and January 31.
Hunting Seasons and Daily Bag
Limits: Seasons may not exceed 45 days
in the Eastern Region and 45 days in the
Central Region. The daily bag limit is 3.
Seasons may be split into two segments.
Zoning: New Jersey may select
seasons in each of two zones. The
season in each zone may not exceed 36
days.
Band-Tailed Pigeons
Pacific Coast States (California, Oregon,
Washington, and Nevada)
Outside Dates: Between September 15
and January 1.
Hunting Seasons and Daily Bag
Limits: Not more than 9 consecutive
days, with a daily bag limit of 2 bandtailed pigeons.
Zoning: California may select hunting
seasons not to exceed 9 consecutive
days in each of two zones. The season
in the North Zone must close by October
3.
Four-Corners States (Arizona, Colorado,
New Mexico, and Utah)
Outside Dates: Between September 1
and November 30.
Hunting Seasons and Daily Bag
Limits: Not more than 30 consecutive
days, with a daily bag limit of 5 bandtailed pigeons.
Zoning: New Mexico may select
hunting seasons not to exceed 20
consecutive days in each of two zones.
The season in the South Zone may not
open until October 1.
Doves
Outside Dates: Between September 1
and January 15, except as otherwise
provided, States may select hunting
seasons and daily bag limits as follows:
Eastern Management Unit
Hunting Seasons and Daily Bag
Limits: Not more than 70 days, with a
PO 00000
Frm 00020
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
daily bag limit of 15 mourning and
white-winged doves in the aggregate.
Zoning and Split Seasons: States may
select hunting seasons in each of two
zones. The season within each zone may
be split into not more than three
periods. Regulations for bag and
possession limits, season length, and
shooting hours must be uniform within
specific hunting zones.
Central Management Unit
For all States except Texas:
Hunting Seasons and Daily Bag
Limits: Not more than 70 days, with a
daily bag limit of 15 mourning and
white-winged doves in the aggregate.
Zoning and Split Seasons: States may
select hunting seasons in each of two
zones. The season within each zone may
be split into not more than three
periods.
Texas:
Hunting Seasons and Daily Bag
Limits: Not more than 70 days, with a
daily bag limit of 15 mourning, whitewinged, and white-tipped doves in the
aggregate, of which no more than 2 may
be white-tipped doves.
Zoning and Split Seasons: Texas may
select hunting seasons for each of three
zones subject to the following
conditions:
A. The hunting season may be split
into not more than two periods, except
in that portion of Texas in which the
special white-winged dove season is
allowed, where a limited take of
mourning and white-tipped doves may
also occur during that special season
(see Special White-winged Dove Area).
B. A season may be selected for the
North and Central Zones between
September 1 and January 25; and for the
South Zone between the Friday nearest
September 20 (September 20), but not
earlier than September 17, and January
25.
C. Except as noted above, regulations
for bag and possession limits, season
length, and shooting hours must be
uniform within each hunting zone.
Special White-winged Dove Area in
Texas:
In addition, Texas may select a
hunting season of not more than 4 days
for the Special White-winged Dove Area
of the South Zone between September 1
and September 19. The daily bag limit
may not exceed 15 white-winged,
mourning, and white-tipped doves in
the aggregate, of which no more than 2
may be mourning doves and no more
than 2 may be white-tipped doves.
Western Management Unit
Hunting Seasons and Daily Bag Limits:
Idaho, Nevada, Oregon, Utah, and
Washington—Not more than 30
E:\FR\FM\26JYP2.SGM
26JYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 144 / Friday, July 26, 2013 / Proposed Rules
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
consecutive days, with a daily bag limit
of 10 mourning and white-winged doves
in the aggregate.
Arizona and California—Not more
than 60 days, which may be split
between two periods, September 1–15
and November 1–January 15. In
Arizona, during the first segment of the
season, the daily bag limit is 10
mourning and white-winged doves in
the aggregate. During the remainder of
the season, the daily bag limit is 10
mourning doves. In California, the daily
bag limit is 10 mourning and whitewinged doves in the aggregate.
Alaska
Outside Dates: Between September 1
and January 26.
Hunting Seasons: Alaska may select
107 consecutive days for waterfowl,
sandhill cranes, and common snipe in
each of 5 zones. The season may be split
without penalty in the Kodiak Zone.
The seasons in each zone must be
concurrent.
Closures: The hunting season is
closed on emperor geese, spectacled
eiders, and Steller’s eiders.
Daily Bag and Possession Limits:
Ducks—Except as noted, a basic daily
bag limit of 7 ducks. Daily bag limits in
the North Zone are 10, and in the Gulf
Coast Zone, they are 8. The basic limits
may include no more than 1 canvasback
daily and may not include sea ducks.
In addition to the basic duck limits,
Alaska may select sea duck limits of 10
daily, singly or in the aggregate,
including no more than 6 each of either
harlequin or long-tailed ducks. Sea
ducks include scoters, common and
king eiders, harlequin ducks, long-tailed
ducks, and common and red-breasted
mergansers.
Light Geese—A basic daily bag limit
of 4.
Dark Geese—A basic daily bag limit of
4.
Dark-goose seasons are subject to the
following exceptions:
A. In Units 5 and 6, the taking of
Canada geese is permitted from
September 28 through December 16.
B. On Middleton Island in Unit 6, a
special, permit-only Canada goose
season may be offered. A mandatory
goose identification class is required.
Hunters must check in and check out.
The bag limit is 1 daily and 1 in
possession. The season will close if
incidental harvest includes 5 dusky
Canada geese. A dusky Canada goose is
any dark-breasted Canada goose
(Munsell 10 YR color value five or less)
with a bill length between 40 and 50
millimeters.
C. In Units 6–B, 6–C, and on
Hinchinbrook and Hawkins Islands in
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:17 Jul 25, 2013
Jkt 229001
Unit 6–D, a special, permit-only Canada
goose season may be offered. Hunters
must have all harvested geese checked
and classified to subspecies. The daily
bag limit is 4 daily. The Canada goose
season will close in all of the permit
areas if the total dusky goose (as defined
above) harvest reaches 40.
D. In Units 9, 10, 17, and 18, dark
goose limits are 6 per day.
Brant—A daily bag limit of 2.
Common snipe—A daily bag limit
of 8.
Sandhill cranes—Bag limit of 2 in the
Southeast, Gulf Coast, Kodiak, and
Aleutian Zones, and Unit 17 in the
Northern Zone. In the remainder of the
Northern Zone (outside Unit 17), bag
limit of 3.
Tundra Swans—Open seasons for
tundra swans may be selected subject to
the following conditions:
A. All seasons are by registration
permit only.
B. All season framework dates are
September 1–October 31.
C. In Game Management Unit (GMU)
17, no more than 200 permits may be
issued during this operational season.
No more than 3 tundra swans may be
authorized per permit, with no more
than 1 permit issued per hunter per
season.
D. In Game Management Unit (GMU)
18, no more than 500 permits may be
issued during the operational season.
Up to 3 tundra swans may be authorized
per permit. No more than 1 permit may
be issued per hunter per season.
E. In GMU 22, no more than 300
permits may be issued during the
operational season. Each permittee may
be authorized to take up to 3 tundra
swans per permit. No more than 1
permit may be issued per hunter per
season.
F. In GMU 23, no more than 300
permits may be issued during the
operational season. No more than 3
tundra swans may be authorized per
permit, with no more than 1 permit
issued per hunter per season.
Hawaii
Outside Dates: Between October 1 and
January 31.
Hunting Seasons: Not more than 65
days (75 under the alternative) for
mourning doves.
Bag Limits: Not to exceed 15 (12
under the alternative) mourning doves.
Note: Mourning doves may be taken in
Hawaii in accordance with shooting hours
and other regulations set by the State of
Hawaii, and subject to the applicable
provisions of 50 CFR part 20.
PO 00000
Frm 00021
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
45395
Puerto Rico
Doves and Pigeons
Outside Dates: Between September 1
and January 15.
Hunting Seasons: Not more than 60
days.
Daily Bag and Possession Limits: Not
to exceed 20 Zenaida, mourning, and
white-winged doves in the aggregate, of
which not more than 10 may be Zenaida
doves and 3 may be mourning doves.
Not to exceed 5 scaly-naped pigeons.
Closed Seasons: The season is closed
on the white-crowned pigeon and the
plain pigeon, which are protected by the
Commonwealth of Puerto Rico.
Closed Areas: There is no open season
on doves or pigeons in the following
areas: Municipality of Culebra,
Desecheo Island, Mona Island, El Verde
Closure Area, and Cidra Municipality
and adjacent areas.
Ducks, Coots, Moorhens, Gallinules, and
Snipe
Outside Dates: Between October 1 and
January 31.
Hunting Seasons: Not more than 55
days may be selected for hunting ducks,
common moorhens, and common snipe.
The season may be split into two
segments.
Daily Bag Limits:
Ducks—Not to exceed 6.
Common moorhens—Not to exceed 6.
Common snipe—Not to exceed 8.
Closed Seasons: The season is closed
on the ruddy duck, white-cheeked
pintail, West Indian whistling duck,
fulvous whistling duck, and masked
duck, which are protected by the
Commonwealth of Puerto Rico. The
season also is closed on the purple
gallinule, American coot, and Caribbean
coot.
Closed Areas: There is no open season
on ducks, common moorhens, and
common snipe in the Municipality of
Culebra and on Desecheo Island.
Virgin Islands
Doves and Pigeons
Outside Dates: Between September 1
and January 15.
Hunting Seasons: Not more than 60
days for Zenaida doves.
Daily Bag and Possession Limits: Not
to exceed 10 Zenaida doves.
Closed Seasons: No open season is
prescribed for ground or quail doves or
pigeons.
Closed Areas: There is no open season
for migratory game birds on Ruth Cay
(just south of St. Croix).
Local Names for Certain Birds:
Zenaida dove, also known as mountain
dove; bridled quail-dove, also known as
E:\FR\FM\26JYP2.SGM
26JYP2
45396
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 144 / Friday, July 26, 2013 / Proposed Rules
Barbary dove or partridge; common
ground-dove, also known as stone dove,
tobacco dove, rola, or tortolita; scalynaped pigeon, also known as red-necked
or scaled pigeon.
Ducks
Outside Dates: Between December 1
and January 31.
Hunting Seasons: Not more than 55
consecutive days.
Daily Bag Limits: Not to exceed 6.
Closed Seasons: The season is closed
on the ruddy duck, white-cheeked
pintail, West Indian whistling duck,
fulvous whistling duck, and masked
duck.
Special Falconry Regulations
Falconry is a permitted means of
taking migratory game birds in any State
meeting Federal falconry standards in
50 CFR 21.29. These States may select
an extended season for taking migratory
game birds in accordance with the
following:
Extended Seasons: For all hunting
methods combined, the combined
length of the extended season, regular
season, and any special or experimental
seasons must not exceed 107 days for
any species or group of species in a
geographical area. Each extended season
may be divided into a maximum of 3
segments.
Framework Dates: Seasons must fall
between September 1 and March 10.
Daily Bag Limits: Falconry daily bag
limits for all permitted migratory game
birds must not exceed 3 birds, singly or
in the aggregate, during extended
falconry seasons, any special or
experimental seasons, and regular
hunting seasons in all States, including
those that do not select an extended
falconry season.
Regular Seasons: General hunting
regulations, including seasons and
hunting hours, apply to falconry in each
State listed in 50 CFR 21.29. Regular
season bag limits do not apply to
falconry. The falconry bag limit is not in
addition to gun limits.
Area, Unit, and Zone Descriptions
Doves
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Alabama
South Zone—Baldwin, Barbour,
Coffee, Covington, Dale, Escambia,
Geneva, Henry, Houston, and Mobile
Counties.
North Zone—Remainder of the State.
California
White-winged Dove Open Areas—
Imperial, Riverside, and San Bernardino
Counties.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:17 Jul 25, 2013
Jkt 229001
Florida
Northwest Zone—The Counties of
Bay, Calhoun, Escambia, Franklin,
Gadsden, Gulf, Holmes, Jackson,
Liberty, Okaloosa, Santa Rosa, Walton,
Washington, Leon (except that portion
north of U.S. 27 and east of State Road
155), Jefferson (south of U.S. 27, west of
State Road 59 and north of U.S. 98), and
Wakulla (except that portion south of
U.S. 98 and east of the St. Marks River).
South Zone—Remainder of State.
Louisiana
the south shore of the Corpus Christi
Ship Channel to the Gulf of Mexico.
Central Zone—That portion of the
State lying between the North and South
Zones.
Band-Tailed Pigeons
California
North Zone—Alpine, Butte, Del Norte,
Glenn, Humboldt, Lassen, Mendocino,
Modoc, Plumas, Shasta, Sierra,
Siskiyou, Tehama, and Trinity Counties.
South Zone—The remainder of the
State.
North Zone—That portion of the State
north of a line extending east from the
Texas border along State Highway 12 to
U.S. Highway 190, east along U.S. 190
to Interstate Highway 12, east along
Interstate 12 to Interstate Highway 10,
then east along Interstate Highway 10 to
the Mississippi border.
South Zone—The remainder of the
State.
New Mexico
Mississippi
Western Washington—The State of
Washington excluding those portions
lying east of the Pacific Crest Trail and
east of the Big White Salmon River in
Klickitat County.
North Zone—That portion of the State
north and west of a line extending west
from the Alabama State line along U.S.
Highway 84 to its junction with State
Highway 35, then south along State
Highway 35 to the Louisiana State line.
South Zone—The remainder of
Mississippi.
Texas
North Zone—That portion of the State
north of a line beginning at the
International Bridge south of Fort
Hancock; north along FM 1088 to TX 20;
west along TX 20 to TX 148; north along
TX 148 to I–10 at Fort Hancock; east
along I–10 to I–20; northeast along I–20
to I–30 at Fort Worth; northeast along I–
30 to the Texas–Arkansas State line.
South Zone—That portion of the State
south and west of a line beginning at the
International Bridge south of Del Rio,
proceeding east on U.S. 90 to State Loop
1604 west of San Antonio; then south,
east, and north along Loop 1604 to
Interstate Highway 10 east of San
Antonio; then east on I–10 to Orange,
Texas.
Special White-winged Dove Area in
the South Zone—That portion of the
state south and west of a line beginning
at the International Toll Bridge in Del
Rio; then northeast along U.S. Highway
277 Spur to Highway 90 in Del Rio;
thence east along U.S. Highway 90 to
State Loop 1604; thence along Loop
1604 south and east to Interstate
Highway 37; thence south along
Interstate Highway 37 to U.S. Highway
181 in Corpus Christi; thence north and
east along U.S. 181 to the Corpus Christi
Ship Channel, thence eastwards along
PO 00000
Frm 00022
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
North Zone—North of a line following
U.S. 60 from the Arizona State line east
to I–25 at Socorro and then south along
I–25 from Socorro to the Texas State
line.
South Zone—The remainder of the
State.
Washington
Woodcock
New Jersey
North Zone—That portion of the State
north of NJ 70.
South Zone—The remainder of the
State.
Special September Canada Goose
Seasons
Atlantic Flyway
Connecticut
North Zone—That portion of the State
north of I–95.
South Zone—The remainder of the
State.
Maryland
Eastern Unit—Calvert, Caroline, Cecil,
Dorchester, Harford, Kent, Queen
Anne’s, St. Mary’s, Somerset, Talbot,
Wicomico, and Worcester Counties; and
that part of Anne Arundel County east
of Interstate 895, Interstate 97 and Route
3; that part of Prince George’s County
east of Route 3 and Route 301; and that
part of Charles County east of Route 301
to the Virginia State line.
Western Unit—Allegany, Baltimore,
Carroll, Frederick, Garrett, Howard,
Montgomery, and Washington Counties
and that part of Anne Arundel County
west of Interstate 895, Interstate 97 and
Route 3; that part of Prince George’s
County west of Route 3 and Route 301;
and that part of Charles County west of
Route 301 to the Virginia State line.
E:\FR\FM\26JYP2.SGM
26JYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 144 / Friday, July 26, 2013 / Proposed Rules
Massachusetts
Western Zone—That portion of the
State west of a line extending south
from the Vermont border on I–91 to MA
9, west on MA 9 to MA 10, south on MA
10 to U.S. 202, south on U.S. 202 to the
Connecticut border.
Central Zone—That portion of the
State east of the Berkshire Zone and
west of a line extending south from the
New Hampshire border on I–95 to U.S.
1, south on U.S. 1 to I–93, south on I–
93 to MA 3, south on MA 3 to U.S. 6,
west on U.S. 6 to MA 28, west on MA
28 to I–195, west to the Rhode Island
border; except the waters, and the lands
150 yards inland from the high-water
mark, of the Assonet River upstream to
the MA 24 bridge, and the Taunton
River upstream to the Center St.–Elm St.
bridge will be in the Coastal Zone.
Coastal Zone—That portion of
Massachusetts east and south of the
Central Zone.
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
New York
Lake Champlain Zone—The U.S.
portion of Lake Champlain and that area
east and north of a line extending along
NY 9B from the Canadian border to U.S.
9, south along U.S. 9 to NY 22 south of
Keesville; south along NY 22 to the west
shore of South Bay, along and around
the shoreline of South Bay to NY 22 on
the east shore of South Bay; southeast
along NY 22 to U.S. 4, northeast along
U.S. 4 to the Vermont border.
Eastern Long Island Goose Area
(North Atlantic Population (NAP) High
Harvest Area)—That area of Suffolk
County lying east of a continuous line
extending due south from the New
York-Connecticut boundary to the
northernmost end of Roanoke Avenue in
the Town of Riverhead; then south on
Roanoke Avenue (which becomes
County Route 73) to State Route 25; then
west on Route 25 to Peconic Avenue;
then south on Peconic Avenue to
County Route (CR) 104 (Riverleigh
Avenue); then south on CR 104 to CR 31
(Old Riverhead Road); then south on CR
31 to Oak Street; then south on Oak
Street to Potunk Lane; then west on
Stevens Lane; then south on Jessup
Avenue (in Westhampton Beach) to
Dune Road (CR 89); then due south to
international waters.
Western Long Island Goose Area
(Resident Population (RP) Area)—That
area of Westchester County and its tidal
waters southeast of Interstate Route 95
and that area of Nassau and Suffolk
Counties lying west of a continuous line
extending due south from the New
York-Connecticut boundary to the
northernmost end of the Sunken
Meadow State Parkway; then south on
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:17 Jul 25, 2013
Jkt 229001
the Sunken Meadow Parkway to the
Sagtikos State Parkway; then south on
the Sagtikos Parkway to the Robert
Moses State Parkway; then south on the
Robert Moses Parkway to its
southernmost end; then due south to
international waters.
Central Long Island Goose Area (NAP
Low Harvest Area)—That area of Suffolk
County lying between the Western and
Eastern Long Island Goose Areas, as
defined above.
Western Zone—That area west of a
line extending from Lake Ontario east
along the north shore of the Salmon
River to I–81, and south along I–81 to
the Pennsylvania border.
Northeastern Zone—That area north
of a line extending from Lake Ontario
east along the north shore of the Salmon
River to I–81, south along I–81 to NY 49,
east along NY 49 to NY 365, east along
NY 365 to NY 28, east along NY 28 to
NY 29, east along NY 29 to I–87, north
along I–87 to U.S. 9 (at Exit 20), north
along U.S. 9 to NY 149, east along NY
149 to U.S. 4, north along U.S. 4 to the
Vermont border, exclusive of the Lake
Champlain Zone.
Southeastern Zone—The remaining
portion of New York.
Pennsylvania
Southern James Bay Population (SJBP)
Zone—The area north of I–80 and west
of I–79, including in the city of Erie
west of Bay Front Parkway to and
including the Lake Erie Duck Zone
(Lake Erie, Presque Isle, and the area
within 150 yards of the Lake Erie
Shoreline).
Vermont
Lake Champlain Zone—The U.S.
portion of Lake Champlain and that area
north and west of the line extending
from the New York border along U.S. 4
to VT 22A at Fair Haven; VT 22A to U.S.
7 at Vergennes; U.S. 7 to VT 78 at
Swanton; VT 78 to VT 36; VT 36 to
Maquam Bay on Lake Champlain; along
and around the shoreline of Maquam
Bay and Hog Island to VT 78 at the West
Swanton Bridge; VT 78 to VT 2 in
Alburg; VT 2 to the Richelieu River in
Alburg; along the east shore of the
Richelieu River to the Canadian border.
Interior Zone—That portion of
Vermont east of the Lake Champlain
Zone and west of a line extending from
the Massachusetts border at Interstate
91; north along Interstate 91 to US 2;
east along US 2 to VT 102; north along
VT 102 to VT 253; north along VT 253
to the Canadian border.
Connecticut River Zone—The
remaining portion of Vermont east of
the Interior Zone.
PO 00000
Frm 00023
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
45397
Mississippi Flyway
Arkansas
Early Canada Goose Area—Baxter,
Benton, Boone, Carroll, Clark, Conway,
Crawford, Faulkner, Franklin, Garland,
Hempstead, Hot Springs, Howard,
Johnson, Lafayette, Little River, Logan,
Madison, Marion, Miller, Montgomery,
Newton, Perry, Pike, Polk, Pope,
Pulaski, Saline, Searcy, Sebastian,
Sevier, Scott, Van Buren, Washington,
and Yell Counties.
Illinois
North September Canada Goose
Zone—That portion of the State north of
a line extending west from the Indiana
border along Interstate 80 to I–39, south
along I–39 to Illinois Route 18, west
along Illinois Route 18 to Illinois Route
29, south along Illinois Route 29 to
Illinois Route 17, west along Illinois
Route 17 to the Mississippi River, and
due south across the Mississippi River
to the Iowa border.
Central September Canada Goose
Zone—That portion of the State south of
the North September Canada Goose
Zone line to a line extending west from
the Indiana border along I–70 to Illinois
Route 4, south along Illinois Route 4 to
Illinois Route 161, west along Illinois
Route 161 to Illinois Route 158, south
and west along Illinois Route 158 to
Illinois Route 159, south along Illinois
Route 159 to Illinois Route 3, south
along Illinois Route 3 to St. Leo’s Road,
south along St. Leo’s road to Modoc
Road, west along Modoc Road to Modoc
Ferry Road, southwest along Modoc
Ferry Road to Levee Road, southeast
along Levee Road to County Route 12
(Modoc Ferry entrance Road), south
along County Route 12 to the Modoc
Ferry route and southwest on the Modoc
Ferry route across the Mississippi River
to the Missouri border.
South September Canada Goose
Zone—That portion of the State south
and east of a line extending west from
the Indiana border along Interstate 70,
south along U.S. Highway 45, to Illinois
Route 13, west along Illinois Route 13
to Greenbriar Road, north on Greenbriar
Road to Sycamore Road, west on
Sycamore Road to N. Reed Station Road,
south on N. Reed Station Road to
Illinois Route 13, west along Illinois
Route 13 to Illinois Route 127, south
along Illinois Route 127 to State Forest
Road (1025 N), west along State Forest
Road to Illinois Route 3, north along
Illinois Route 3 to the south bank of the
Big Muddy River, west along the south
bank of the Big Muddy River to the
Mississippi River, west across the
Mississippi River to the Missouri
border.
E:\FR\FM\26JYP2.SGM
26JYP2
45398
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 144 / Friday, July 26, 2013 / Proposed Rules
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
South Central September Canada
Goose Zone—The remainder of the State
between the south border of the Central
Zone and the North border of the South
Zone
Iowa
North Zone—That portion of the State
north of U.S. Highway 20.
South Zone—The remainder of Iowa.
Cedar Rapids/Iowa City Goose Zone—
Includes portions of Linn and Johnson
Counties bounded as follows: Beginning
at the intersection of the west border of
Linn County and Linn County Road
E2W; then south and east along County
Road E2W to Highway 920; then north
along Highway 920 to County Road E16;
then east along County Road E16 to
County Road W58; then south along
County Road W58 to County Road E34;
then east along County Road E34 to
Highway 13; then south along Highway
13 to Highway 30; then east along
Highway 30 to Highway 1; then south
along Highway 1 to Morse Road in
Johnson County; then east along Morse
Road to Wapsi Avenue; then south
along Wapsi Avenue to Lower West
Branch Road; then west along Lower
West Branch Road to Taft Avenue; then
south along Taft Avenue to County Road
F62; then west along County Road F62
to Kansas Avenue; then north along
Kansas Avenue to Black Diamond Road;
then west on Black Diamond Road to
Jasper Avenue; then north along Jasper
Avenue to Rohert Road; then west along
Rohert Road to Ivy Avenue; then north
along Ivy Avenue to 340th Street; then
west along 340th Street to Half Moon
Avenue; then north along Half Moon
Avenue to Highway 6; then west along
Highway 6 to Echo Avenue; then north
along Echo Avenue to 250th Street; then
east on 250th Street to Green Castle
Avenue; then north along Green Castle
Avenue to County Road F12; then west
along County Road F12 to County Road
W30; then north along County Road
W30 to Highway 151; then north along
the Linn–Benton County line to the
point of beginning.
Des Moines Goose Zone—Includes
those portions of Polk, Warren, Madison
and Dallas Counties bounded as follows:
Beginning at the intersection of
Northwest 158th Avenue and County
Road R38 in Polk County; then south
along R38 to Northwest 142nd Avenue;
then east along Northwest 142nd
Avenue to Northeast 126th Avenue;
then east along Northeast 126th Avenue
to Northeast 46th Street; then south
along Northeast 46th Street to Highway
931; then east along Highway 931 to
Northeast 80th Street; then south along
Northeast 80th Street to Southeast 6th
Avenue; then west along Southeast 6th
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:17 Jul 25, 2013
Jkt 229001
Avenue to Highway 65; then south and
west along Highway 65 to Highway 69
in Warren County; then south along
Highway 69 to County Road G24; then
west along County Road G24 to
Highway 28; then southwest along
Highway 28 to 43rd Avenue; then north
along 43rd Avenue to Ford Street; then
west along Ford Street to Filmore Street;
then west along Filmore Street to 10th
Avenue; then south along 10th Avenue
to 155th Street in Madison County; then
west along 155th Street to Cumming
Road; then north along Cumming Road
to Badger Creek Avenue; then north
along Badger Creek Avenue to County
Road F90 in Dallas County; then east
along County Road F90 to County Road
R22; then north along County Road R22
to Highway 44; then east along Highway
44 to County Road R30; then north
along County Road R30 to County Road
F31; then east along County Road F31
to Highway 17; then north along
Highway 17 to Highway 415 in Polk
County; then east along Highway 415 to
Northwest 158th Avenue; then east
along Northwest 158th Avenue to the
point of beginning.
Cedar Falls/Waterloo Goose Zone—
Includes those portions of Black Hawk
County bounded as follows: Beginning
at the intersection of County Roads C66
and V49 in Black Hawk County, then
south along County Road V49 to County
Road D38, then west along County Road
D38 to State Highway 21, then south
along State Highway 21 to County Road
D35, then west along County Road D35
to Grundy Road, then north along
Grundy Road to County Road D19, then
west along County Road D19 to Butler
Road, then north along Butler Road to
County Road C57, then north and east
along County Road C57 to U.S. Highway
63, then south along U.S. Highway 63 to
County Road C66, then east along
County Road C66 to the point of
beginning.
Michigan
North Zone—Same as North duck
zone.
Middle Zone—Same as Middle duck
zone.
South Zone—Same as South duck
zone.
Minnesota
Northwest Goose Zone—That portion
of the State encompassed by a line
extending east from the North Dakota
border along U.S. Highway 2 to State
Trunk Highway (STH) 32, north along
STH 32 to STH 92, east along STH 92
to County State Aid Highway (CSAH) 2
in Polk County, north along CSAH 2 to
CSAH 27 in Pennington County, north
along CSAH 27 to STH 1, east along
PO 00000
Frm 00024
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
STH 1 to CSAH 28 in Pennington
County, north along CSAH 28 to CSAH
54 in Marshall County, north along
CSAH 54 to CSAH 9 in Roseau County,
north along CSAH 9 to STH 11, west
along STH 11 to STH 310, and north
along STH 310 to the Manitoba border.
Intensive Harvest Zone—That portion
of the State encompassed by a line
extending east from the junction of US
2 and the North Dakota border, US 2
east to MN 32 N, MN 32 N to MN 92
S, MN 92 S to MN 200 E, MN 200 E to
US 71 S, US 71 S to US 10 E, US 10
E to MN 101 S, MN 101 S to Interstate
94 E, Interstate 94 East to US 494 S, US
494 S to US 212 W, US 212 W to MN
23 S, MN 23 S to US 14 W, US 14 W
to the South Dakota border, South
Dakota Border north to the North Dakota
border, North Dakota border north to US
2 E.
Rest of State: Remainder of
Minnesota.
Wisconsin
Early-Season Subzone A—That
portion of the State encompassed by a
line beginning at the intersection of U.S.
Highway 141 and the Michigan border
near Niagara, then south along U.S. 141
to State Highway 22, west and
southwest along State 22 to U.S. 45,
south along U.S. 45 to State 22, west
and south along State 22 to State 110,
south along State 110 to U.S. 10, south
along U.S. 10 to State 49, south along
State 49 to State 23, west along State 23
to State 73, south along State 73 to State
60, west along State 60 to State 23,
south along State 23 to State 11, east
along State 11 to State 78, then south
along State 78 to the Illinois border.
Early-Season Subzone B—The
remainder of the State.
Central Flyway
North Dakota
Missouri River Canada Goose Zone—
The area within and bounded by a line
starting where ND Hwy 6 crosses the
South Dakota border; then north on ND
Hwy 6 to I–94; then west on I–94 to ND
Hwy 49; then north on ND Hwy 49 to
ND Hwy 200; then north on Mercer
County Rd. 21 to the section line
between sections 8 and 9 (T146N–
R87W); then north on that section line
to the southern shoreline to Lake
Sakakawea; then east along the southern
shoreline (including Mallard Island) of
Lake Sakakawea to US Hwy 83; then
south on US Hwy 83 to ND Hwy 200;
then east on ND Hwy 200 to ND Hwy
41; then south on ND Hwy 41 to US
Hwy 83; then south on US Hwy 83 to
I–94; then east on I–94 to US Hwy 83;
then south on US Hwy 83 to the South
E:\FR\FM\26JYP2.SGM
26JYP2
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 144 / Friday, July 26, 2013 / Proposed Rules
East Zone—Baker, Gilliam, Malheur,
Morrow, Sherman, Umatilla, Union, and
Wasco Counties.
Dakota border; then west along the
South Dakota border to ND Hwy 6.
Rest of State—Remainder of North
Dakota.
South Dakota
Special Early Canada Goose Unit—
The Counties of Campbell, Marshall,
Roberts, Day, Clark, Codington, Grant,
Hamlin, Deuel, Walworth; that portion
of Dewey County north of Bureau of
Indian Affairs Road 8, Bureau of Indian
Affairs Road 9, and the section of U.S.
Highway 212 east of the Bureau of
Indian Affairs Road 8 junction; that
portion of Potter County east of U.S.
Highway 83; that portion of Sully
County east of U.S. Highway 83;
portions of Hyde, Buffalo, Brule, and
Charles Mix counties north and east of
a line beginning at the Hughes-Hyde
County line on State Highway 34, east
to Lees Boulevard, southeast to the State
Highway 34, east 7 miles to 350th
Avenue, south to Interstate 90 on 350th
Avenue, south and east on State
Highway 50 to Geddes, east on 285th
Street to U.S. Highway 281, and north
on U.S. Highway 281 to the Charles
Mix-Douglas County boundary; that
portion of Bon Homme County north of
State Highway 50; that portion of Fall
River County west of State Highway 71
and U.S. Highway 385; that portion of
Custer County west of State Highway 79
and north of French Creek; McPherson,
Edmunds, Kingsbury, Brookings, Lake,
Moody, Miner, Faulk, Hand, Jerauld,
Douglas, Hutchinson, Turner, Lincoln,
Union, Clay, Yankton, Aurora, Beadle,
Davison, Hanson, Sanborn, Spink,
Brown, Harding, Butte, Lawrence,
Meade, Pennington, Shannon, Jackson,
Mellette, Todd, Jones, Haakon, Corson,
Ziebach, McCook, and Minnehaha
Counties.
Texas
Eastern Goose Zone—East of a line
from the International Toll Bridge at
Laredo, north following IH–35 and 35W
to Fort Worth, northwest along U.S.
Hwy. 81 and 287 to Bowie, north along
U.S. Hwy. 81 to the Texas-Oklahoma
State line.
Pacific Flyway
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Idaho
East Zone—Bonneville, Caribou,
Fremont, and Teton Counties.
Oregon
Northwest Zone—Benton, Clackamas,
Clatsop, Columbia, Lane, Lincoln, Linn,
Marion, Polk, Multnomah, Tillamook,
Washington, and Yamhill Counties.
Southwest Zone—Coos, Curry,
Douglas, Jackson, Josephine, and
Klamath Counties.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:17 Jul 25, 2013
Jkt 229001
Washington
Area 1—Skagit, Island, and
Snohomish Counties.
Area 2A (SW Quota Zone)—Clark
County, except portions south of the
Washougal River; Cowlitz County; and
Wahkiakum County.
Area 2B (SW Quota Zone)—Pacific
County.
Area 3—All areas west of the Pacific
Crest Trail and west of the Big White
Salmon River that are not included in
Areas 1, 2A, and 2B.
Area 4—Adams, Benton, Chelan,
Douglas, Franklin, Grant, Kittitas,
Lincoln, Okanogan, Spokane, and Walla
Walla Counties.
Area 5—All areas east of the Pacific
Crest Trail and east of the Big White
Salmon River that are not included in
Area 4.
Ducks
Atlantic Flyway
New York
Lake Champlain Zone—The U.S.
portion of Lake Champlain and that area
east and north of a line extending along
NY 9B from the Canadian border to U.S.
9, south along U.S. 9 to NY 22 south of
Keesville; south along NY 22 to the west
shore of South Bay, along and around
the shoreline of South Bay to NY 22 on
the east shore of South Bay; southeast
along NY 22 to U.S. 4, northeast along
U.S. 4 to the Vermont border.
Long Island Zone—That area
consisting of Nassau County, Suffolk
County, that area of Westchester County
southeast of I–95, and their tidal waters.
Western Zone—That area west of a
line extending from Lake Ontario east
along the north shore of the Salmon
River to I–81, and south along I–81 to
the Pennsylvania border.
Northeastern Zone—That area north
of a line extending from Lake Ontario
east along the north shore of the Salmon
River to I–81, south along I–81 to NY 49,
east along NY 49 to NY 365, east along
NY 365 to NY 28, east along NY 28 to
NY 29, east along NY 29 to I–87, north
along I–87 to U.S. 9 (at Exit 20), north
along U.S. 9 to NY 149, east along NY
149 to U.S. 4, north along U.S. 4 to the
Vermont border, exclusive of the Lake
Champlain Zone.
Southeastern Zone—The remaining
portion of New York.
Maryland
Special Teal Season Area— Calvert,
Caroline, Cecil, Dorchester, Harford,
Kent, Queen Anne’s, St. Mary’s,
PO 00000
Frm 00025
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
45399
Somerset, Talbot, Wicomico, and
Worcester Counties; that part of Anne
Arundel County east of Interstate 895,
Interstate 97, and Route 3; that part of
Prince Georges County east of Route 3
and Route 301; and that part of Charles
County east of Route 301 to the Virginia
State Line.
Mississippi Flyway
Indiana
North Zone—That part of Indiana
north of a line extending east from the
Illinois border along State Road 18 to
U.S. 31; north along U.S. 31 to U.S. 24;
east along U.S. 24 to Huntington;
southeast along U.S. 224; south along
State Road 5; and east along State Road
124 to the Ohio border.
Central Zone—That part of Indiana
south of the North Zone boundary and
north of the South Zone boundary.
South Zone—That part of Indiana
south of a line extending east from the
Illinois border along U.S. 40; south
along U.S. 41; east along State Road 58;
south along State Road 37 to Bedford;
and east along U.S. 50 to the Ohio
border.
Iowa
North Zone—That portion of Iowa
north of a line beginning on the South
Dakota-Iowa border at Interstate 29,
southeast along Interstate 29 to State
Highway 175, east along State Highway
175 to State Highway 37, southeast
along State Highway 37 to State
Highway 183, northeast along State
Highway 183 to State Highway 141, east
along State Highway 141 to U.S.
Highway 30, and along U.S. Highway 30
to the Illinois border.
Missouri River Zone—That portion of
Iowa west of a line beginning on the
South Dakota-Iowa border at Interstate
29, southeast along Interstate 29 to State
Highway 175, and west along State
Highway 175 to the Iowa-Nebraska
border.
South Zone—The remainder of Iowa.
Michigan
North Zone: The Upper Peninsula.
Middle Zone: That portion of the
Lower Peninsula north of a line
beginning at the Wisconsin State line in
Lake Michigan due west of the mouth of
Stony Creek in Oceana County; then due
east to, and easterly and southerly along
the south shore of Stony Creek to Scenic
Drive, easterly and southerly along
Scenic Drive to Stony Lake Road,
easterly along Stony Lake and Garfield
Roads to Michigan Highway 20, east
along Michigan 20 to U.S. Highway 10
Business Route (BR) in the city of
Midland, easterly along U.S. 10 BR to
E:\FR\FM\26JYP2.SGM
26JYP2
45400
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 144 / Friday, July 26, 2013 / Proposed Rules
U.S. 10, easterly along U.S. 10 to
Interstate Highway 75/U.S. Highway 23,
northerly along I–75/U.S. 23 to the U.S.
23 exit at Standish, easterly along U.S.
23 to the centerline of the Au Gres
River, then southerly along the
centerline of the Au Gres River to
Saginaw Bay, then on a line directly east
10 miles into Saginaw Bay, and from
that point on a line directly northeast to
the Canadian border.
South Zone: The remainder of
Michigan.
Wisconsin
North Zone: That portion of the State
north of a line extending east from the
Minnesota State line along U.S.
Highway 10 into Portage County to
County Highway HH, east on County
Highway HH to State Highway 66 and
then east on State Highway 66 to U.S.
Highway 10, continuing east on U.S.
Highway 10 to U.S. Highway 41, then
north on U.S. Highway 41 to the
Michigan State line.
Mississippi River Zone: That area
encompassed by a line beginning at the
intersection of the Burlington Northern
& Santa Fe Railway and the Illinois
State line in Grant County and
extending northerly along the
Burlington Northern & Santa Fe Railway
to the city limit of Prescott in Pierce
County, then west along the Prescott
city limit to the Minnesota State line.
South Zone: The remainder of
Wisconsin.
Central Flyway
Colorado
Special Teal Season Area—Lake and
Chaffee Counties and that portion of the
State east of Interstate Highway 25.
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Kansas
High Plains Zone—That portion of the
State west of U.S. 283.
Early Zone—That part of Kansas
bounded by a line from the NebraskaKansas State line south on K–128 to its
junction with U.S.–36, then east on
U.S.–36 to its junction with K–199, then
south on K–199 to its junction with
Republic County 30 Rd, then south on
Republic County 30 Rd to its junction
with K–148, then east on K–148 to its
junction with Republic County 50 Rd,
then south on Republic County 50 Rd to
its junction with Cloud County 40th Rd,
then south on Cloud County 40th Rd to
its junction with K–9, then west on K–
9 to its junction with U.S.–24, then west
on U.S.–24 to its junction with U.S.–
281, then north on U.S.–281 to its
junction with U.S.–36, then west on
U.S.–36 to its junction with U.S.–183,
then south on U.S.–183 to its junction
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:17 Jul 25, 2013
Jkt 229001
with U.S.–24, then west on U.S.–24 to
its junction with K–18, then southeast
on K–18 to its junction with U.S.–183,
then south on U.S.–183 to its junction
with K–4, then east on K–4 to its
junction with I–135, then south on I–
135 to its junction with K–61, then
southwest on K–61 to McPherson
County.
14th Avenue, then south on
McPherson County 14th Avenue to its
junction with Arapaho Rd, then west on
Arapaho Rd to its junction with K–61,
then southwest on K–61 to its junction
with K–96, then northwest on K–96 to
its junction with U.S.–56, then
southwest on U.S.–56 to its junction
with K–19, then east on K–19 to its
junction with U.S.–281, then south on
U.S.–281 to its junction with U.S.–54,
then west on U.S.–54 to its junction
with U.S.–183, then north on U.S.–183
to its junction with U.S.–56, then
southwest on U.S.–56 to its junction
with Ford County Rd 126, then south on
Ford County Rd 126 to its junction with
U.S.–400, then northwest on U.S.–400
to its junction with U.S.–283, then north
on U.S.–283 to its junction with the
Nebraska-Kansas State line, then east
along the Nebraska-Kansas State line to
its junction with K–128.
Late Zone—That part of Kansas
bounded by a line from the NebraskaKansas State line south on K–128 to its
junction with U.S.–36, then east on
U.S.–36 to its junction with K–199, then
south on K–199 to its junction with
Republic County 30 Rd, then south on
Republic County 30 Rd to its junction
with K–148, then east on K–148 to its
junction with Republic County 50 Rd,
then south on Republic County 50 Rd to
its junction with Cloud County 40th Rd,
then south on Cloud County 40th Rd to
its junction with K–9, then west on K–
9 to its junction with U.S.–24, then west
on U.S.–24 to its junction with U.S.–
281, then north on U.S.–281 to its
junction with U.S.–36, then west on
U.S.–36 to its junction with U.S.–183,
then south on U.S.–183 to its junction
with U.S.–24, then west on U.S.–24 to
its junction with K–18, then southeast
on K–18 to its junction with U.S.–183,
then south on U.S.–183 to its junction
with K–4, then east on K–4 to its
junction with I–135, then south on I–
135 to its junction with K–61, then
southwest on K–61 to 14th Avenue,
then south on 14th Avenue to its
junction with Arapaho Rd, then west on
Arapaho Rd to its junction with K–61,
then southwest on K–61 to its junction
with K–96, then northwest on K–96 to
its junction with U.S.–56, then
southwest on U.S.–56 to its junction
with K–19, then east on K–19 to its
junction with U.S.–281, then south on
PO 00000
Frm 00026
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
U.S.–281 to its junction with U.S.–54,
then west on U.S.–54 to its junction
with U.S.–183, then north on U.S.–183
to its junction with U.S.–56, then
southwest on U.S.–56 to its junction
with Ford County Rd 126, then south on
Ford County Rd 126 to its junction with
U.S.–400, then northwest on U.S.–400
to its junction with U.S.–283, then south
on U.S.–283 to its junction with the
Oklahoma-Kansas State line, then east
along the Oklahoma-Kansas State line to
its junction with U.S.–77, then north on
U.S.–77 to its junction with Butler
County, NE 150th Street, then east on
Butler County, NE 150th Street to its
junction with U.S.–35, then northeast
on U.S.–35 to its junction with K–68,
then east on K–68 to the KansasMissouri State line, then north along the
Kansas-Missouri State line to its
junction with the Nebraska State line,
then west along the Kansas-Nebraska
State line to its junction with K–128.
Southeast Zone—That part of Kansas
bounded by a line from the MissouriKansas State line west on K–68 to its
junction with U.S.–35, then southwest
on U.S.–35 to its junction with Butler
County, NE 150th Street, then west on
NE 150th Street until its junction with
K–77, then south on K–77 to the
Oklahoma-Kansas State line, then east
along the Kansas-Oklahoma State line to
its junction with the Missouri State line,
then north along the Kansas-Missouri
State line to its junction with K–68.
Nebraska
Special Teal Season Area—That
portion of the State south of a line
beginning at the Wyoming State line;
east along U.S. 26 to Nebraska Highway
L62A east to U.S. 385; south to U.S. 26;
east to NE 92; east along NE 92 to NE
61; south along NE 61 to U.S. 30; east
along U.S. 30 to the Iowa border.
High Plains—That portion of
Nebraska lying west of a line beginning
at the South Dakota-Nebraska border on
U.S. Hwy. 183; south on U.S. Hwy. 183
to U.S. Hwy. 20; west on U.S. Hwy. 20
to NE Hwy. 7; south on NE Hwy. 7 to
NE Hwy. 91; southwest on NE Hwy. 91
to NE Hwy. 2; southeast on NE Hwy. 2
to NE Hwy. 92; west on NE Hwy. 92 to
NE Hwy. 40; south on NE Hwy. 40 to
NE Hwy. 47; south on NE Hwy. 47 to
NE Hwy. 23; east on NE Hwy. 23 to U.S.
Hwy. 283; and south on U.S. Hwy. 283
to the Kansas-Nebraska border.
Zone 1—Area bounded by designated
Federal and State highways and
political boundaries beginning at the
South Dakota-Nebraska border west of
NE Hwy. 26E Spur and north of NE
Hwy. 12; those portions of Dixon, Cedar
and Knox Counties north of NE Hwy.
12; that portion of Keya Paha County
E:\FR\FM\26JYP2.SGM
26JYP2
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 144 / Friday, July 26, 2013 / Proposed Rules
east of U.S. Hwy. 183; and all of Boyd
County. Both banks of the Niobrara
River in Keya Paha and Boyd counties
east of U.S. Hwy. 183 shall be included
in Zone 1.
Zone 2—The area south of Zone 1 and
north of Zone 3.
Zone 3—Area bounded by designated
Federal and State highways, County
Roads, and political boundaries
beginning at the Wyoming-Nebraska
border at the intersection of the
Interstate Canal; east along northern
borders of Scotts Bluff and Morrill
Counties to Broadwater Road; south to
Morrill County Rd 94; east to County Rd
135; south to County Rd 88; southeast
to County Rd 151; south to County Rd
80; east to County Rd 161; south to
County Rd 76; east to County Rd 165;
south to Country Rd 167; south to U.S.
Hwy. 26; east to County Rd 171; north
to County Rd 68; east to County Rd 183;
south to County Rd 64; east to County
Rd 189; north to County Rd 70; east to
County Rd 201; south to County Rd
60A; east to County Rd 203; south to
County Rd 52; east to Keith County
Line; east along the northern boundaries
of Keith and Lincoln Counties to NE
Hwy. 97; south to U.S. Hwy 83; south
to E Hall School Rd; east to N Airport
Road; south to U.S. Hwy. 30; east to
Merrick County Rd 13; north to County
Rd O; east to NE Hwy. 14; north to NE
Hwy. 52; west and north to NE Hwy. 91;
west to U.S. Hwy. 281; south to NE
Hwy. 22; west to NE Hwy. 11; northwest
to NE Hwy. 91; west to U.S. Hwy. 183;
south to Round Valley Rd; west to
Sargent River Rd; west to Sargent Rd;
west to Milburn Rd; north to Blaine
County Line; east to Loup County Line;
north to NE Hwy. 91; west to North
Loup Spur Rd; north to North Loup
River Rd; east to Pleasant Valley/Worth
Rd; east to Loup County Line; north to
Loup-Brown county line; east along
northern boundaries of Loup and
Garfield Counties to Cedar River Rd;
south to NE Hwy. 70; east to U.S. Hwy.
281; north to NE Hwy. 70; east to NE
Hwy. 14; south to NE Hwy. 39;
southeast to NE Hwy. 22; east to U.S.
Hwy. 81; southeast to U.S. Hwy. 30; east
to U.S. Hwy. 75; north to the
Washington County line; east to the
Iowa-Nebraska border; south to the
Missouri-Nebraska border; south to
Kansas-Nebraska border; west along
Kansas-Nebraska border to ColoradoNebraska border; north and west to
Wyoming-Nebraska border; north to
intersection of Interstate Canal; and
excluding that area in Zone 4.
Zone 4—Area encompassed by
designated Federal and State highways
and County Roads beginning at the
intersection of NE Hwy. 8 and U.S.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:17 Jul 25, 2013
Jkt 229001
Hwy. 75; north to U.S. Hwy. 136; east
to the intersection of U.S. Hwy. 136 and
the Steamboat Trace (Trace); north along
the Trace to the intersection with
Federal Levee R–562; north along
Federal Levee R–562 to the intersection
with the Trace; north along the Trace/
Burlington Northern Railroad right-ofway to NE Hwy. 2; west to U.S. Hwy.
75; north to NE Hwy. 2; west to NE
Hwy. 43; north to U.S. Hwy. 34; east to
NE Hwy. 63; north to NE Hwy. 66; north
and west to U.S. Hwy. 77; north to NE
Hwy. 92; west to NE Hwy. Spur 12F;
south to Butler County Rd 30; east to
County Rd X; south to County Rd 27;
west to County Rd W; south to County
Rd 26; east to County Rd X; south to
County Rd 21 (Seward County Line);
west to NE Hwy. 15; north to County Rd
34; west to County Rd J; south to NE
Hwy. 92; west to U.S. Hwy. 81; south to
NE Hwy. 66; west to Polk County Rd C;
north to NE Hwy. 92; west to U.S. Hwy.
30; west to Merrick County Rd 17; south
to Hordlake Road; southeast to Prairie
Island Road; southeast to Hamilton
County Rd T; south to NE Hwy. 66; west
to NE Hwy. 14; south to County Rd 22;
west to County Rd M; south to County
Rd 21; west to County Rd K; south to
U.S. Hwy. 34; west to NE Hwy. 2; south
to U.S. Hwy. I–80; west to Gunbarrel Rd
(Hall/Hamilton county line); south to
Giltner Rd; west to U.S. Hwy. 281; south
to U.S. Hwy. 34; west to NE Hwy. 10;
north to Kearney County Rd R and
Phelps County Rd 742; west to U.S.
Hwy. 283; south to U.S. Hwy 34; east to
U.S. Hwy. 136; east to U.S. Hwy. 183;
north to NE Hwy. 4; east to NE Hwy. 10;
south to U.S. Hwy. 136; east to NE Hwy.
14; south to NE Hwy. 8; east to U.S.
Hwy. 81; north to NE Hwy. 4; east to NE
Hwy. 15; south to U.S. Hwy. 136; east
to NE Hwy. 103; south to NE Hwy. 8;
east to U.S. Hwy. 75.
New Mexico (Central Flyway Portion)
North Zone—That portion of the State
north of I–40 and U.S. 54.
South Zone—The remainder of New
Mexico.
Pacific Flyway
California
Northeastern Zone—In that portion of
California lying east and north of a line
beginning at the intersection of
Interstate 5 with the California-Oregon
line; south along Interstate 5 to its
junction with Walters Lane south of the
town of Yreka; west along Walters Lane
to its junction with Easy Street; south
along Easy Street to the junction with
Old Highway 99; south along Old
Highway 99 to the point of intersection
with Interstate 5 north of the town of
PO 00000
Frm 00027
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
45401
Weed; south along Interstate 5 to its
junction with Highway 89; east and
south along Highway 89 to Main Street
Greenville; north and east to its junction
with North Valley Road; south to its
junction of Diamond Mountain Road;
north and east to its junction with North
Arm Road; south and west to the
junction of North Valley Road; south to
the junction with Arlington Road (A22);
west to the junction of Highway 89;
south and west to the junction of
Highway 70; east on Highway 70 to
Highway 395; south and east on
Highway 395 to the point of intersection
with the California-Nevada State line;
north along the California-Nevada State
line to the junction of the CaliforniaNevada-Oregon State lines west along
the California-Oregon State line to the
point of origin.
Colorado River Zone—Those portions
of San Bernardino, Riverside, and
Imperial Counties east of a line
extending from the Nevada border south
along U.S. 95 to Vidal Junction; south
on a road known as ‘‘Aqueduct Road’’
in San Bernardino County through the
town of Rice to the San BernardinoRiverside County line; south on a road
known in Riverside County as the
‘‘Desert Center to Rice Road’’ to the
town of Desert Center; east 31 miles on
I–10 to the Wiley Well Road; south on
this road to Wiley Well; southeast along
the Army-Milpitas Road to the Blythe,
Brawley, Davis Lake intersections; south
on the Blythe-Brawley paved road to the
Ogilby and Tumco Mine Road; south on
this road to U.S. 80; east 7 miles on U.S.
80 to the Andrade-Algodones Road;
south on this paved road to the Mexican
border at Algodones, Mexico.
Southern Zone—That portion of
southern California (but excluding the
Colorado River Zone) south and east of
a line extending from the Pacific Ocean
east along the Santa Maria River to CA
166 near the City of Santa Maria; east on
CA 166 to CA 99; south on CA 99 to the
crest of the Tehachapi Mountains at
Tejon Pass; east and north along the
crest of the Tehachapi Mountains to CA
178 at Walker Pass; east on CA 178 to
U.S. 395 at the town of Inyokern; south
on U.S. 395 to CA 58; east on CA 58 to
I–15; east on I–15 to CA 127; north on
CA 127 to the Nevada border.
Southern San Joaquin Valley
Temporary Zone—All of Kings and
Tulare Counties and that portion of
Kern County north of the Southern
Zone.
Balance-of-the-State Zone—The
remainder of California not included in
the Northeastern, Southern, and
Colorado River Zones, and the Southern
San Joaquin Valley Temporary Zone.
E:\FR\FM\26JYP2.SGM
26JYP2
45402
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 144 / Friday, July 26, 2013 / Proposed Rules
Canada Geese
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Michigan
North Zone—Same as North duck
zone.
Middle Zone—Same as Middle duck
zone.
South Zone—Same as South duck
zone.
Tuscola/Huron Goose Management
Unit (GMU): Those portions of Tuscola
and Huron Counties bounded on the
south by Michigan Highway 138 and
Bay City Road, on the east by Colwood
and Bay Port Roads, on the north by
Kilmanagh Road and a line extending
directly west off the end of Kilmanagh
Road into Saginaw Bay to the west
boundary, and on the west by the
Tuscola-Bay County line and a line
extending directly north off the end of
the Tuscola-Bay County line into
Saginaw Bay to the north boundary.
Allegan County GMU: That area
encompassed by a line beginning at the
junction of 136th Avenue and Interstate
Highway 196 in Lake Town Township
and extending easterly along 136th
Avenue to Michigan Highway 40,
southerly along Michigan 40 through
the city of Allegan to 108th Avenue in
Trowbridge Township, westerly along
108th Avenue to 46th Street, northerly
along 46th Street to 109th Avenue,
westerly along 109th Avenue to I–196 in
Casco Township, then northerly along
I–196 to the point of beginning.
Saginaw County GMU: That portion
of Saginaw County bounded by
Michigan Highway 46 on the north;
Michigan 52 on the west; Michigan 57
on the south; and Michigan 13 on the
east.
Muskegon Wastewater GMU: That
portion of Muskegon County within the
boundaries of the Muskegon County
wastewater system, east of the
Muskegon State Game Area, in sections
5, 6, 7, 8, 17, 18, 19, 20, 29, 30, and 32,
T10N R14W, and sections 1, 2, 10, 11,
12, 13, 14, 24, and 25, T10N R15W, as
posted.
Wisconsin
Same zones as for ducks but in
addition:
Horicon Zone: That area encompassed
by a line beginning at the intersection of
State Highway 21 and the Fox River in
Winnebago County and extending
westerly along State 21 to the west
boundary of Winnebago County,
southerly along the west boundary of
Winnebago County to the north
boundary of Green Lake County,
westerly along the north boundaries of
Green Lake and Marquette Counties to
State 22, southerly along State 22 to
State 33, westerly along State 33 to
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:17 Jul 25, 2013
Jkt 229001
Interstate Highway 39, southerly along
Interstate Highway 39 to Interstate
Highway 90/94, southerly along I–90/94
to State 60, easterly along State 60 to
State 83, northerly along State 83 to
State 175, northerly along State 175 to
State 33, easterly along State 33 to U.S.
Highway 45, northerly along U.S. 45 to
the east shore of the Fond Du Lac River,
northerly along the east shore of the
Fond Du Lac River to Lake Winnebago,
northerly along the western shoreline of
Lake Winnebago to the Fox River, then
westerly along the Fox River to State 21.
Exterior Zone: That portion of the
State not included in the Horicon Zone.
Mississippi River Subzone: That area
encompassed by a line beginning at the
intersection of the Burlington Northern
& Santa Fe Railway and the Illinois
State line in Grant County and
extending northerly along the
Burlington Northern & Santa Fe Railway
to the city limit of Prescott in Pierce
County, then west along the Prescott
city limit to the Minnesota State line.
Brown County Subzone: That area
encompassed by a line beginning at the
intersection of the Fox River with Green
Bay in Brown County and extending
southerly along the Fox River to State
Highway 29, northwesterly along State
29 to the Brown County line, south,
east, and north along the Brown County
line to Green Bay, due west to the
midpoint of the Green Bay Ship
Channel, then southwesterly along the
Green Bay Ship Channel to the Fox
River.
Sandhill Cranes
Mississippi Flyway
Minnesota
Northwest Goose Zone—That portion
of the State encompassed by a line
extending east from the North Dakota
border along U.S. Highway 2 to State
Trunk Highway (STH) 32, north along
STH 32 to STH 92, east along STH 92
to County State Aid Highway (CSAH) 2
in Polk County, north along CSAH 2 to
CSAH 27 in Pennington County, north
along CSAH 27 to STH 1, east along
STH 1 to CSAH 28 in Pennington
County, north along CSAH 28 to CSAH
54 in Marshall County, north along
CSAH 54 to CSAH 9 in Roseau County,
north along CSAH 9 to STH 11, west
along STH 11 to STH 310, and north
along STH 310 to the Manitoba border.
Tennessee
Hunt Zone—That portion of the State
south of Interstate 40 and east of State
Highway 56.
Closed Zone—Remainder of the State.
PO 00000
Frm 00028
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Central Flyway
Colorado—The Central Flyway
portion of the State except the San Luis
Valley (Alamosa, Conejos, Costilla,
Hinsdale, Mineral, Rio Grande, and
Saguache Counties east of the
Continental Divide) and North Park
(Jackson County).
Kansas—That portion of the State
west of a line beginning at the
Oklahoma border, north on I–35 to
Wichita, north on I–135 to Salina, and
north on U.S. 81 to the Nebraska border.
Montana—The Central Flyway
portion of the State except for that area
south and west of Interstate 90, which
is closed to sandhill crane hunting.
New Mexico
Regular-Season Open Area—Chaves,
Curry, De Baca, Eddy, Lea, Quay, and
Roosevelt Counties.
Middle Rio Grande Valley Area—The
Central Flyway portion of New Mexico
in Socorro and Valencia Counties.
Estancia Valley Area—Those portions
of Santa Fe, Torrance and Bernallilo
Counties within an area bounded on the
west by New Mexico Highway 55
beginning at Mountainair north to NM
337, north to NM 14, north to I–25; on
the north by I–25 east to U.S. 285; on
the east by U.S. 285 south to U.S. 60;
and on the south by U.S. 60 from U.S.
285 west to NM 55 in Mountainair.
Southwest Zone—Area bounded on
the south by the New Mexico/Mexico
border; on the west by the New Mexico/
Arizona border north to Interstate 10; on
the north by Interstate 10 east to U.S.
180, north to N.M. 26, east to N.M. 27,
north to N.M. 152, and east to Interstate
25; on the east by Interstate 25 south to
Interstate 10, west to the Luna county
line, and south to the New Mexico/
Mexico border.
North Dakota
Area 1—That portion of the State west
of U.S. 281.
Area 2—That portion of the State east
of U.S. 281.
Oklahoma—That portion of the State
west of I–35.
South Dakota—That portion of the
State west of U.S. 281.
Texas
Zone A—That portion of Texas lying
west of a line beginning at the
international toll bridge at Laredo, then
northeast along U.S. Highway 81 to its
junction with Interstate Highway 35 in
Laredo, then north along Interstate
Highway 35 to its junction with
Interstate Highway 10 in San Antonio,
then northwest along Interstate Highway
10 to its junction with U.S. Highway 83
at Junction, then north along U.S.
E:\FR\FM\26JYP2.SGM
26JYP2
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 144 / Friday, July 26, 2013 / Proposed Rules
Highway 83 to its junction with U.S.
Highway 62, 16 miles north of
Childress, then east along U.S. Highway
62 to the Texas-Oklahoma State line.
Zone B—That portion of Texas lying
within boundaries beginning at the
junction of U.S. Highway 81 and the
Texas-Oklahoma State line, then
southeast along U.S. Highway 81 to its
junction with U.S. Highway 287 in
Montague County, then southeast along
U.S. Highway 287 to its junction with
Interstate Highway 35W in Fort Worth,
then southwest along Interstate
Highway 35 to its junction with
Interstate Highway 10 in San Antonio,
then northwest along Interstate Highway
10 to its junction with U.S. Highway 83
in the town of Junction, then north
along U.S. Highway 83 to its junction
with U.S. Highway 62, 16 miles north of
Childress, then east along U.S. Highway
62 to the Texas-Oklahoma State line,
then south along the Texas-Oklahoma
State line to the south bank of the Red
River, then eastward along the
vegetation line on the south bank of the
Red River to U.S. Highway 81.
Zone C—The remainder of the State,
except for the closed areas.
Closed areas—(A) That portion of the
State lying east and north of a line
beginning at the junction of U.S.
Highway 81 and the Texas-Oklahoma
State line, then southeast along U.S.
Highway 81 to its junction with U.S.
Highway 287 in Montague County, then
southeast along U.S. Highway 287 to its
junction with Interstate Highway 35W
in Fort Worth, then southwest along
Interstate Highway 35 to its junction
with U.S. Highway 290 East in Austin,
then east along U.S. Highway 290 to its
junction with Interstate Loop 610 in
Harris County, then south and east
along Interstate Loop 610 to its junction
with Interstate Highway 45 in Houston,
then south on Interstate Highway 45 to
State Highway 342, then to the shore of
the Gulf of Mexico, and then north and
east along the shore of the Gulf of
Mexico to the Texas-Louisiana State
line.
(B) That portion of the State lying
within the boundaries of a line
beginning at the Kleberg-Nueces County
line and the shore of the Gulf of Mexico,
then west along the County line to Park
Road 22 in Nueces County, then north
and west along Park Road 22 to its
junction with State Highway 358 in
Corpus Christi, then west and north
along State Highway 358 to its junction
with State Highway 286, then north
along State Highway 286 to its junction
with Interstate Highway 37, then east
along Interstate Highway 37 to its
junction with U.S. Highway 181, then
north and west along U.S. Highway 181
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:17 Jul 25, 2013
Jkt 229001
to its junction with U.S. Highway 77 in
Sinton, then north and east along U.S.
Highway 77 to its junction with U.S.
Highway 87 in Victoria, then south and
east along U.S. Highway 87 to its
junction with State Highway 35 at Port
Lavaca, then north and east along State
Highway 35 to the south end of the
Lavaca Bay Causeway, then south and
east along the shore of Lavaca Bay to its
junction with the Port Lavaca Ship
Channel, then south and east along the
Lavaca Bay Ship Channel to the Gulf of
Mexico, and then south and west along
the shore of the Gulf of Mexico to the
Kleberg-Nueces County line.
Wyoming
Regular Season Open Area—
Campbell, Converse, Crook, Goshen,
Laramie, Niobrara, Platte, and Weston
Counties, and portions of Johnson and
Sheridan Counties.
Riverton-Boysen Unit—Portions of
Fremont County.
Park and Big Horn County Unit—All
of Big Horn, Hot Springs, Park and
Washakie Counties.
Pacific Flyway
Arizona
Special Season Area—Game
Management Units 28, 30A, 30B, 31,
and 32.
Idaho
Special Season Area—See State
regulations.
Montana
Special Season Area—See State
regulations.
Utah
Special Season Area—Rich, Cache,
and Unitah Counties and that portion of
Box Elder County beginning on the
Utah-Idaho State line at the Box ElderCache County line; west on the State
line to the Pocatello Valley County
Road; south on the Pocatello Valley
County Road to I–15; southeast on I–15
to SR–83; south on SR–83 to Lamp
Junction; west and south on the
Promontory Point County Road to the
tip of Promontory Point; south from
Promontory Point to the Box ElderWeber County line; east on the Box
Elder-Weber County line to the Box
Elder-Cache County line; north on the
Box Elder-Cache County line to the
Utah-Idaho State line.
Wyoming
Bear River Area—That portion of
Lincoln County described in State
regulations.
PO 00000
Frm 00029
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
45403
Salt River Area—That portion of
Lincoln County described in State
regulations.
Farson-Eden Area—Those portions of
Sweetwater and Sublette Counties
described in State regulations.
Uinta County Area—That portion of
Uinta County described in State
regulations.
All Migratory Game Birds in Alaska
North Zone—State Game Management
Units 11–13 and 17–26.
Gulf Coast Zone—State Game
Management Units 5–7, 9, 14–16, and
10 (Unimak Island only).
Southeast Zone—State Game
Management Units 1–4.
Pribilof and Aleutian Islands Zone—
State Game Management Unit 10 (except
Unimak Island).
Kodiak Zone—State Game
Management Unit 8.
All Migratory Game Birds in the Virgin
Islands
Ruth Cay Closure Area—The island of
Ruth Cay, just south of St. Croix.
All Migratory Game Birds in Puerto
Rico
Municipality of Culebra Closure
Area—All of the municipality of
Culebra.
Desecheo Island Closure Area—All of
Desecheo Island.
Mona Island Closure Area—All of
Mona Island.
Verde Closure Area—Those areas of
the municipalities of Rio Grande and
Loiza delineated as follows: (1) All
lands between Routes 956 on the west
and 186 on the east, from Route 3 on the
north to the juncture of Routes 956 and
186 (Km 13.2) in the south; (2) all lands
between Routes 186 and 966 from the
juncture of 186 and 966 on the north, to
the Caribbean National Forest Boundary
on the south; (3) all lands lying west of
Route 186 for 1 kilometer from the
juncture of Routes 186 and 956 south to
Km 6 on Route 186; (4) all lands within
Km 14 and Km 6 on the west and the
Caribbean National Forest Boundary on
the east; and (5) all lands within the
Caribbean National Forest Boundary
whether private or public.
Cidra Municipality and adjacent
areas—All of Cidra Municipality and
portions of Aguas Buenas, Caguas,
Cayey, and Comerio Municipalities as
encompassed within the following
boundary: Beginning on Highway 172 as
it leaves the municipality of Cidra on
the west edge, north to Highway 156,
east on Highway 156 to Highway 1,
south on Highway 1 to Highway 765,
south on Highway 765 to Highway 763,
south on Highway 763 to the Rio
E:\FR\FM\26JYP2.SGM
26JYP2
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Sfmt 9990
LIB
RES
Beginning
Shooting
Time
1/2 hr.
before
sunrise
1/2 hr.
before
sunrise
1/2 hr.
before
sunrise
1/2 hr.
before
sunrise
1/2 hr.
before
sunrise
before
sunrise
1/2 hr.
before
sunrise
1/2 hr.
before
sunrise
1/2 hr.
before
sunrise
1/2 hr.
before
sunrise
1/2 hr.
before
sunrise
1/2 hr.
before
sunrise
Ending
Shooting
Time
Sunset
Sunset
Sunset
Sunset
Sunset
Sunset
Sunset
Sunset
Sunset
Sunset
Sunset
Sunset
Opening
Date
Oct. 1
Sat nearest
Sept. 24
Sat. nearest
Sept. 24
Sat. nearest
Oct. 1
Sat. nearest
Sept. 24
Sat nearest
Sept. 24
Sat. nearest
Oct. 1
Sat. nearest
Sept. 24
Sat. nearest
Sept. 24
Sat. nearest
Oct. 1
Sat. nearest
Sept. 24
Sat. nearest
Sept. 24
Closing
Date
Jan. 20
Last Sunday
in Jan.
Sun. nearest
Jan. 20
Last Sunday
in Jan.
Sun. nearest
Jan. 20
Last Sunday
in Jan.
Sun. nearest
Jan. 20
74
60
Season
Length (in days)
30
Daily Bagl
3
Last Sunday
in Jan.
.
45
6
.
30
6
3
4/2
2/1
Last Sunday
in Jan.
.
45
112 hr.
,
RES
CENTRAL FLYWAY (a)
MOD
LIB
I
I
Last Sunday
in Jan.
r
60
.
RES
PACIFIC FLYWAY (b)(c)
MOD
LIB
I
I
Last Sunday
in Jan.
.
86
Last Sunday
in Jan.
.
60
39
107
6
6
3
6
6
4
7
7
4/1
4/2
3/1
511
5/2
3/1
5/2
7/2
Species/Sex Limits within the Overall Daily Bag Limit
Mallard (Total/Female)
3/1
4/2
26JYP2
(a) In the High Plains Mallard Management Unit, all regulations would be the same as the remainder of the Central Flyway, with the exception of season length. Additional days would
be allowed under the various alternatives as follows: restrictive - 12, moderate and liberal- 23. Under all alternatives, additional days must be on or after the Saturday nearest
December 10.
(b) In the Columbia Basin Mallard Management Unit, all regulations would be the same as the remainder of the Pacific Flyway, with the exception of season length. Under all alternatives
except the liberal afiernative, an additional 7 days would be allowed.
(c) In Alaska, framework dates, bag limits, and season length would be different from the remainder of the Pacific Flyway. The bag limit would be 5-8 under the restrictive alternative,
and 7-10 under the moderate and liberal alternatives. Under all alternatives, season length would be 107 days and framework dates would be Sep. 1 - Jan. 26.
Cidra Municipality boundary to the
point of the beginning.
E:\FR\FM\26JYP2.SGM
60
MISSISSIPPI FLYWAY
MOD
LIB
I
I
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 144 / Friday, July 26, 2013 / Proposed Rules
Fmt 4701
ATLANTIC FLYWAY
MOD
I
I
45404
Frm 00030
RES
Highway 14, west on Highway 14 to
Highway 729, north on Highway 729 to
PO 00000
EP26JY13.014
Guavate, west along Rio Guavate to
Highway 1, southwest on Highway 1 to
Jkt 229001
[FR Doc. 2013–17876 Filed 7–25–13; 8:45 am]
20:17 Jul 25, 2013
BILLING CODE 4310–55–P
VerDate Mar<15>2010
FINAL REGULATORY ALTERNATIVES FOR DUCK HUNTING DURING THE 2013-14 SEASON
Agencies
[Federal Register Volume 78, Number 144 (Friday, July 26, 2013)]
[Proposed Rules]
[Pages 45375-45404]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Printing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 2013-17876]
[[Page 45375]]
Vol. 78
Friday,
No. 144
July 26, 2013
Part III
Department of the Interior
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Fish and Wildlife Service
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
50 CFR Part 20
Migratory Bird Hunting; Proposed Frameworks for Early-Season Migratory
Bird Hunting Regulations; Notice of Meetings; Proposed Rule
Federal Register / Vol. 78 , No. 144 / Friday, July 26, 2013 /
Proposed Rules
[[Page 45376]]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR
Fish and Wildlife Service
50 CFR Part 20
[Docket No. FWS-HQ-MB-2013-0057; FF09M21200-134-FXMB1231099BPP0]
RIN 1018-AY87
Migratory Bird Hunting; Proposed Frameworks for Early-Season
Migratory Bird Hunting Regulations; Notice of Meetings
AGENCY: Fish and Wildlife Service, Interior.
ACTION: Proposed rule; supplemental.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
SUMMARY: The U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (hereinafter Service or we)
is proposing to establish the 2013-14 early-season hunting regulations
for certain migratory game birds. We annually prescribe frameworks, or
outer limits, for dates and times when hunting may occur and the
maximum number of birds that may be taken and possessed in early
seasons. Early seasons may open as early as September 1, and include
seasons in Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and the U.S. Virgin Islands.
These frameworks are necessary to allow State selections of specific
final seasons and limits and to allow recreational harvest at levels
compatible with population status and habitat conditions. This proposed
rule also provides the final regulatory alternatives for the 2013-14
duck hunting seasons.
DATES: Comments: You must submit comments on the proposed early-season
frameworks by August 5, 2013.
Meetings: The Service Migratory Bird Regulations Committee (SRC)
will meet to consider and develop proposed regulations for late-season
migratory bird hunting and the 2013 spring/summer migratory bird
subsistence seasons in Alaska on July 31 and August 1, 2013. All
meetings will commence at approximately 8:30 a.m.
ADDRESSES: Comments: You may submit comments on the proposals by one of
the following methods:
Federal eRulemaking Portal: https://www.regulations.gov.
Follow the instructions for submitting comments on Docket No. FWS-HQ-
MB-2013-0057.
U.S. mail or hand-delivery: Public Comments Processing,
Attn: FWS-HQ-MB-2013-0057; Division of Policy and Directives
Management; U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service; 4401 N. Fairfax Drive, MS
2042-PDM; Arlington, VA 22203. We will not accept emailed or faxed
comments. We will post all comments on https://www.regulations.gov. This
generally means that we will post any personal information you provide
us (see the Public Comments section below for more information).
Meetings: The SRC will meet in room 200 of the U.S. Fish and
Wildlife Service's Arlington Square Building, 4401 N. Fairfax Dr.,
Arlington, VA 22203.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Ron W. Kokel, U.S. Fish and Wildlife
Service, Department of the Interior, MS MBSP-4107-ARLSQ, 1849 C Street
NW., Washington, DC 20240; (703) 358-1714.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
Regulations Schedule for 2013
On April 9, 2013, we published in the Federal Register (78 FR
21200) a proposal to amend 50 CFR part 20. The proposal provided a
background and overview of the migratory bird hunting regulations
process, and addressed the establishment of seasons, limits, and other
regulations for hunting migratory game birds under Sec. Sec. 20.101
through 20.107, 20.109, and 20.110 of subpart K. Major steps in the
2013-14 regulatory cycle relating to open public meetings and Federal
Register notifications were also identified in the April 9 proposed
rule.
Further, we explained that all sections of subsequent documents
outlining hunting frameworks and guidelines were organized under
numbered headings. Those headings are:
1. Ducks
A. General Harvest Strategy
B. Regulatory Alternatives
C. Zones and Split Seasons
D. Special Seasons/Species Management
i. September Teal Seasons
ii. September Teal/Wood Duck Seasons
iii. Black ducks
iv. Canvasbacks
v. Pintails
vi. Scaup
vii. Mottled ducks
viii. Wood ducks
ix. Youth Hunt
x. Mallard Management Units
xi. Other
2. Sea Ducks
3. Mergansers
4. Canada Geese
A. Special Seasons
B. Regular Seasons
C. Special Late Seasons
5. White-fronted Geese
6. Brant
7. Snow and Ross's (Light) Geese
8. Swans
9. Sandhill Cranes
10. Coots
11. Moorhens and Gallinules
12. Rails
13. Snipe
14. Woodcock
15. Band-tailed Pigeons
16. Doves
17. Alaska
18. Hawaii
19. Puerto Rico
20. Virgin Islands
21. Falconry
22. Other
Subsequent documents will refer only to numbered items requiring
attention. Therefore, it is important to note that we will omit those
items requiring no attention, and remaining numbered items will be
discontinuous and appear incomplete.
On June 14, 2013, we published in the Federal Register (78 FR
35844) a second document providing supplemental proposals for early-
and late-season migratory bird hunting regulations. The June 14
supplement also provided detailed information on the 2013-14 regulatory
schedule and announced the SRC and Flyway Council meetings.
This document, the third in a series of proposed, supplemental, and
final rulemaking documents for migratory bird hunting regulations,
deals specifically with proposed frameworks for early-season
regulations and the regulatory alternatives for the 2013-14 duck
hunting seasons. It will lead to final frameworks from which States may
select season dates, shooting hours, and daily bag and possession
limits for the 2013-14 season.
We have considered all pertinent comments received through June 22,
2013, on the April 9 and June 14, 2013, rulemaking documents in
developing this document. In addition, new proposals for certain early-
season regulations are provided for public comment. Comment periods are
specified above under DATES. We will publish final regulatory
frameworks for early seasons in the Federal Register on or about August
16, 2013.
Service Migratory Bird Regulations Committee Meetings
Participants at the June 19-20, 2013, meetings reviewed information
on the current status of migratory shore and upland game birds and
developed 2013-14 migratory game bird regulations recommendations for
these species plus regulations for migratory game birds in Alaska,
Puerto Rico, and the U.S. Virgin Islands; special September waterfowl
seasons in designated States; special sea duck seasons in the Atlantic
Flyway; and extended falconry seasons. In addition, we reviewed and
discussed preliminary information on the status of waterfowl.
Participants at the previously announced July 31-August 1, 2013,
meetings will review information on the current status of waterfowl and
develop
[[Page 45377]]
recommendations for the 2013-14 regulations pertaining to regular
waterfowl seasons and other species and seasons not previously
discussed at the early-season meetings. In accordance with Department
of the Interior policy, these meetings are open to public observation
and you may submit comments on the matters discussed.
Population Status and Harvest
The following paragraphs provide preliminary information on the
status of waterfowl and information on the status and harvest of
migratory shore and upland game birds excerpted from various reports.
For more detailed information on methodologies and results, you may
obtain complete copies of the various reports at the address indicated
under FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT or from our Web site at https://www.fws.gov/migratorybirds/NewsPublicationsReports.html.
Waterfowl Breeding and Habitat Survey
Federal, provincial, and State agencies conduct surveys each spring
to estimate the size of waterfowl breeding populations and to evaluate
the conditions of the habitats. These surveys are conducted using
fixed-wing aircraft, helicopters, and ground crews and encompass
principal breeding areas of North America, covering an area over 2.0
million square miles. The traditional survey area comprises Alaska,
Canada, and the northcentral United States, and includes approximately
1.3 million square miles. The eastern survey area includes parts of
Ontario, Quebec, Labrador, Newfoundland, Nova Scotia, Prince Edward
Island, New Brunswick, New York, and Maine, an area of approximately
0.7 million square miles.
Overall, despite a delayed spring, habitat conditions during the
2013 Waterfowl Breeding Population and Habitat Survey were improved or
similar to last year in many areas due to abundant winter or spring
precipitation, with the exception of eastern Canada, the northeast
United States, and portions of Montana and the Dakotas. The total pond
estimate (Prairie Canada and United States combined) was 6.90.2 million. This was 24 percent higher than the 2012 estimate of
5.50.2 million ponds, and 35 percent higher than the long-
term average (1974-2012) of 5.10.03 million ponds.
Traditional Survey Area (U.S. and Canadian Prairies and Parklands)
Spring was much delayed across the traditional survey area. Extreme
southern Saskatchewan, southern Manitoba, and North Dakota received
abundant spring rainfall; most of this moisture came too late for the
majority of waterfowl breeding this year, but could benefit habitats
into 2014. The majority of the Canadian prairies had above-average
winter precipitation; however, a poor frost seal was produced and
little runoff was observed. The Parklands have improved from 2012, and
the boreal region has benefitted from average annual precipitation.
Most of the Canadian portion of the traditional survey area was rated
as good or excellent this year, in contrast to the dry conditions last
year across northern Saskatchewan and Alberta. The 2013 estimate of
ponds in Prairie Canada was 4.60.2 million. This was 17
percent higher than last year's estimate (3.90.1 million)
and 32 percent higher than the 1961-2012 average (3.50.03
million).
The U.S. prairies received record-breaking snowfall in April;
however, below-average early spring precipitation in parts of Montana
and the eastern Dakotas resulted in fair to poor habitat conditions.
The 2013 estimate of ponds in the north-central United States was
2.30.1 million, which was 41 percent higher than last
year's estimate (1.70.1 million) and 42 percent higher than
the 1974-2012 average (1.70.02 million).
Eastern Survey Area
Spring temperatures in the eastern survey area were closer to
normal than in the traditional survey area. Winter precipitation in
southwestern Ontario, southern Quebec, and most of the Maritimes was
below average. Eastern Canada experienced near record low winter
precipitation but improved to the north and east into the Maritimes.
Much of eastern Canada experienced excessive late-spring rains, which
may have inhibited waterfowl production. Habitat conditions ranged from
fair, in Maine and the southern Maritimes, to good in Newfoundland and
Labrador.
Status of Teal
The estimate of blue-winged teal from the traditional survey area
is 7.7 million. This count represents a 16 percent decrease from 2012,
and is 60 percent above the 1955-2012 average.
Sandhill Cranes
Compared to increases recorded in the 1970s, annual indices to
abundance of the Mid-Continent Population (MCP) of sandhill cranes have
been relatively stable since the early 1980s. The preliminary spring
2013 index for sandhill cranes in the Central Platte River Valley
(CPRV), Nebraska, uncorrected for visibility bias, was 756,217 birds.
This estimate is significantly higher than the previous 5 years, which
is likely due to late winter weather in North and South Dakota delaying
any migration from the CPRV. The photo-corrected, 3-year average for
2010-12 was 504,658, which is above the established population-
objective range of 349,000-472,000 cranes. All Central Flyway States,
except Nebraska, allowed crane hunting in portions of their States
during 2012-13. An estimated 7,239 hunters participated in these
seasons, which was 7 percent lower than the number that participated in
the previous season. Hunters harvested 14,887 MCP cranes in the U.S.
portion of the Central Flyway during the 2012-13 seasons, which was 3
percent lower than the harvest for the previous year and 2 percent
higher than the long-term average. The retrieved harvest of MCP cranes
in hunt areas outside of the Central Flyway (Arizona, Pacific Flyway
portion of New Mexico, Minnesota, Alaska, Canada, and Mexico combined)
was 9,683 during 2012-13. The preliminary estimate for the North
American MCP sport harvest, including crippling losses, was 27,966
birds, which was a 16 percent decrease from the previous year's
estimate. The long-term (1982-2012) trends for the MCP indicate that
harvest has been increasing at a higher rate than population growth.
The fall 2012 pre-migration survey for the Rocky Mountain
Population (RMP) resulted in a count of 15,417 cranes. The 3-year
average was 17,992 sandhill cranes, which is within the established
population objective of 17,000-21,000 for the RMP. Hunting seasons
during 2012-13 in portions of Arizona, Idaho, Montana, New Mexico,
Utah, and Wyoming resulted in a harvest of 1,080 RMP cranes, an 11
percent decrease from the previous year's harvest.
The Lower Colorado River Valley Population (LCRVP) survey results
indicate a 16 percent increase from 2,646 birds in 2012, to 3,078 birds
in 2013. The 3-year average is 2,713 LCRVP cranes, which is above the
population objective of 2,500.
The Eastern Population (EP) sandhill crane fall survey index
(87,796) increased by 21 percent in 2012, and in Kentucky's second
hunting season 92 cranes were harvested, up from 50 cranes in the
inaugural season.
Woodcock
Singing-ground and Wing-collection Surveys were conducted to assess
the population status of the American woodcock (Scolopax minor). The
Singing-ground Survey is intended to measure long-term changes in
woodcock population levels. Singing-ground Survey data for 2013
indicate that the
[[Page 45378]]
number of singing male woodcock per route in the Eastern and Central
Management Regions were unchanged from 2012. There were no significant
10-year trends in woodcock heard in the Eastern or Central Management
Regions during 2003-13, which marks the tenth consecutive year that the
10-year trend estimate for the Eastern Region was stable and the third
year that the 10-year trend was stable for the Central Region. Both
management regions have a long-term (1968-2012) declining trend (-1.0
percent per year in the Eastern Management Region and -0.8 percent per
year in the Central Management Region).
The Wing-collection Survey provides an index to recruitment. Wing-
collection Survey data indicate that the 2012 recruitment index for the
U.S. portion of the Eastern Region (1.65 immatures per adult female)
was 1.9 percent less than the 2011 index, and 0.8 percent greater than
the long-term (1963-2011) average. The recruitment index for the U.S.
portion of the Central Region (1.66 immatures per adult female) was 8.0
percent greater than the 2011 index and 5.7 percent greater than the
long-term (1963-2011) average.
Band-Tailed Pigeons
Two subspecies of band-tailed pigeon occur north of Mexico, and are
managed as two separate populations: Interior and Pacific Coast.
Information on the abundance and harvest of band-tailed pigeons is
collected annually in the United States and British Columbia. Abundance
information comes from the Breeding Bird Survey (BBS) and the Mineral
Site Survey (MSS, specific to the Pacific Coast Population). Harvest
and hunter participation are estimated from the Migratory Bird Harvest
Information Program (HIP). The BBS provided evidence that the abundance
of Pacific Coast band-tailed pigeons decreased (-2.0 percent per year)
over the long term (1968-2012). Trends in abundance during the recent
10- and 5-year periods were inconclusive. The MSS, however, provided
some evidence that abundance decreased during the recent 9-year (-4.7
percent per year) and 5-year (-4.0 percent per year) periods, but
results were inconclusive. An estimated 3,900 hunters harvested 10,900
birds in 2012.
For Interior band-tailed pigeons, the BBS provided evidence that
abundance decreased (-5.1 percent per year) over the long term (1968-
2012). Trends in abundance during the recent 10- and 5-year periods
were inconclusive. An estimated 1,400 hunters harvested 2,900 birds in
2012.
Mourning Doves
We annually summarize information collected in the United States on
survival, recruitment, abundance and harvest of mourning doves. We
report on trends in the number of doves heard per route from the
Mourning Dove Call-count Survey (CCS), doves seen per route from the
CCS, birds heard and seen per route from the all-bird BBS, and provide
absolute abundance estimates based on band recovery and harvest data.
Harvest and hunter participation are estimated from the HIP.
The CCS-heard data suggested that abundance of doves decreased in
all three dove management units (Eastern [EMU], Central [CMU], and
Western [WMU]) over the long term (1966-2013); within the EMU, however,
there is evidence that abundance decreased in hunt States but increased
in non-hunt States. In the recent 10 years, there was no evidence for a
change in mourning dove abundance in the EMU, but there was evidence of
a decline in the CMU and WMU. Over the most recent two years, there was
no evidence for a change in abundance in any of the management units.
Over the long term, trends based on CCS-heard and CCS-seen data were
consistent in the CMU and WMU, but inconsistent in the EMU; CCS-seen
data indicated that abundance increased in the EMU. BBS data suggested
that the abundance of mourning doves over the long-term increased in
the EMU and decreased in the CMU and WMU. Thus, over the long term, the
three data sets provided consistent results for the CMU and WMU but not
the EMU.
Estimates of absolute abundance are available only since 2003, and
indicate that there are about 349 million doves in the United States,
and annual abundance during the recent 5 years appears stationary in
the EMU and WMU, but may be declining in the CMU. However, abundance
appeared to increase between 2011 and 2012 in the CMU and WMU. Based on
a composite trend (weighted trend estimate using information from the
CCS, BBS, and absolute abundance), the EMU and WMU populations were
stationary over the previous 5 and 10 years, whereas the population in
the CMU declined.
Current (2012) HIP estimates for mourning dove total harvest,
active hunters, and total days afield in the U.S. were 14,490,800
birds, 828,900 hunters, and 2,538,000 days afield. Harvest and hunter
participation at the unit level were: EMU, 6,279,900 birds, 349,600
hunters, and 1,015,600 days afield; CMU, 6,361,600 birds, 338,700
hunters, and 1,108,700 days afield; and WMU, 1,849,400 birds, 140,700
hunters, and 413,700 days afield.
White-Winged Doves
Two states harbor substantial populations of white-winged dove:
Arizona and Texas. California and New Mexico also have substantial but
smaller populations. Based on the preliminary HIP report for 2012,
white-winged doves were harvested in 22 additional states. The Arizona
Game and Fish Department monitors white-winged dove populations by
means of a CCS to provide an annual index to population size. It runs
concurrently with the Service's Mourning Dove CCS. The index of mean
number of white-winged doves heard per route from this survey peaked at
52.3 in 1968, but then declined until about 2000. The index had
stabilized at around 25 doves per route in the last few years; however,
for 2013, the mean number of doves heard per route was 16.8. Harvest of
white-winged doves in Arizona peaked in the late 1960s at approximately
740,000 birds, and has since declined and stabilized at around 100,000
birds; the preliminary 2012 HIP estimate of harvest was 86,000 birds.
In Texas, white-winged doves continue to expand their breeding
range. Nesting by white-winged doves has been recorded in most
counties, with new colonies recently found in east Texas. Nesting is
essentially confined to urban areas, but appears to be expanding to
exurban areas. Concomitant with this range expansion has been a
continuing increase in white-winged dove abundance. A new distance-
based sampling protocol was implemented for Central and South Texas in
2007, and has been expanded each year. In 2010, 4,650 points were
surveyed statewide and the urban population of breeding white-winged
doves was estimated at 4.6 million. Additionally, the Texas Parks and
Wildlife Department has an operational white-winged dove banding
program and has banded 52,001 white-winged doves from 2006 to 2010. The
estimated harvest of white-wings in Texas in the 2012 season was
1,414,800 birds. The Texas Parks and Wildlife Department continues to
work to improve the scientific basis for management of white-winged
doves.
In California, Florida, Louisiana, New Mexico and Texas BBS data
indicate an increasing trend in the population indices between 1966 and
2011. In Arizona BBS data indicate population indices were stationary
between 1966 and 2011. According to HIP surveys, the preliminary
harvest estimates for the
[[Page 45379]]
2012 season were 42,200 white-winged doves in California, and 79,500 in
New Mexico. In 2012 white-winged doves were also harvested (range 100
to 8,700 per state) in Alabama, Arkansas, Colorado, Florida, Georgia,
Idaho, Illinois, Kentucky, Minnesota, Mississippi, Nebraska, Nevada,
Oklahoma, Oregon, Pennsylvania, South Carolina, Tennessee, Texas, Utah,
Virginia, Washington, and Wyoming.
White-Tipped Doves
White-tipped doves occur primarily south of the United States-
Mexico border; however, the species does occur in Texas. Monitoring
information is presently limited. White-tipped doves are believed to be
maintaining a relatively stable population in the Lower Rio Grande
Valley of Texas. Distance-based sampling procedures implemented in
Texas are also providing limited information on white-tipped dove
abundance. Texas is working to improve the sampling frame to include
the rural Rio Grande corridor in order to improve the utility of
population indices. Annual estimates for white-tipped dove harvest in
Texas average between 3,000 and 4,000 birds.
Review of Public Comments
The preliminary proposed rulemaking (April 9 Federal Register)
opened the public comment period for migratory game bird hunting
regulations and announced the proposed regulatory alternatives for the
2013-14 duck hunting season. Comments concerning early-season issues
and the proposed alternatives are summarized below and numbered in the
order used in the April 9 Federal Register document. Only the numbered
items pertaining to early-seasons issues and the proposed regulatory
alternatives for which we received written comments are included.
Consequently, the issues do not follow in consecutive numerical or
alphabetical order.
We received recommendations from all four Flyway Councils. Some
recommendations supported continuation of last year's frameworks. Due
to the comprehensive nature of the annual review of the frameworks
performed by the Councils, support for continuation of last year's
frameworks is assumed for items for which no recommendations were
received. Council recommendations for changes in the frameworks are
summarized below.
We seek additional information and comments on the recommendations
in this supplemental proposed rule. New proposals and modifications to
previously described proposals are discussed below. Wherever possible,
they are discussed under headings corresponding to the numbered items
in the April 9 Federal Register document.
1. Ducks
Categories used to discuss issues related to duck harvest
management are: (A) General Harvest Strategy; (B) Regulatory
Alternatives, including specification of framework dates, season
lengths, and bag limits; (C) Zones and Split Seasons; and (D) Special
Seasons/Species Management. The categories correspond to previously
published issues/discussions, and only those containing substantial
recommendations are discussed below.
A. General Harvest Strategy
Council Recommendations: The Mississippi Flyway Council recommended
that regulations changes be restricted to one step per year, both when
restricting as well as liberalizing hunting regulations.
Service Response: As we stated in the April 9 Federal Register, we
intend to continue use of Adaptive Harvest Management (AHM) to help
determine appropriate duck-hunting regulations for the 2013-14 season.
AHM is a tool that permits sound resource decisions in the face of
uncertain regulatory impacts, as well as providing a mechanism for
reducing that uncertainty over time. The current AHM protocol is used
to evaluate four alternative regulatory levels based on the population
status of mallards and their breeding habitat (i.e., abundance of
ponds) (special hunting restrictions are enacted for certain species,
such as canvasbacks, black ducks, scaup, and pintails).
Unfortunately, this year a mechanical issue with the Service
aircraft normally used in the Eastern Survey Area of the May Breeding
Population and Habitat Survey prohibited the use of those aircraft to
conduct this year's survey. Lack of reliable data from Canadian survey
strata (51-54, 56) precludes a reliable estimate of the Eastern mallard
breeding population for 2013. As a result, an observed 2013 breeding
population (BPOP) estimate will not be available for updating model
weights and deriving the 2013 harvest policy. Therefore, we propose to
predict the 2013 BPOP size based on the 2012 BPOP estimate and 2012
model weights, the 2012-13 harvest rate, and the current model set.
That predicted value will be used in place of the observed value for
this year, and that value will be compared with last year's (2012) AHM
harvest policy matrix to determine the optimal regulatory alternative
for the 2013-14 regular duck seasons in the Atlantic Flyway. Further
details on these proposed technical changes will be detailed in the
forthcoming AHM report for the 2013 season.
Regarding the Mississippi Flyway Council's recommendation for a
one-step constraint, we have repeatedly stated over the past several
years that we believe that the new Supplemental Environmental Impact
Statement (SEIS) for the migratory bird hunting program (see National
Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) section) is the appropriate venue for
considering such changes in a more comprehensive manner that involves
input from all Flyways. With the May 24, 2013, release of the new SEIS
and the associated Record of Decision (RoD) contained in this rule, we
believe that any recommendations for changes such as the inclusion of a
one-step constraint should be considered within the context of the
process that is being used to revise current AHM protocols. As AHM
decision-making frameworks are modified, regulatory alternatives should
be crafted by the Flyways in the context of those changes, including
revised harvest management objectives and the demographic models that
predict changes in waterfowl status due to those regulations.
We will propose a specific regulatory alternative for each of the
Flyways during the 2013-14 season after survey information becomes
available later this summer. More information on AHM is located at
https://www.fws.gov/migratorybirds/CurrentBirdIssues/Management/AHM/AHM-intro.htm.
B. Regulatory Alternatives
Council Recommendations: The Mississippi and Central Flyway
Councils recommended that regulatory alternatives for duck hunting
seasons remain the same as those used in 2012-13.
Service Response: The regulatory alternatives proposed in the April
9 Federal Register will be used for the 2013-14 hunting season (see
accompanying table at the end of this proposed rule for specifics). In
2005, the AHM regulatory alternatives were modified to consist only of
the maximum season lengths, framework dates, and bag limits for total
ducks and mallards. Restrictions for certain species within these
frameworks that are not covered by existing harvest strategies will be
addressed during the late-season regulations process. For those species
with specific harvest strategies (canvasbacks, pintails, black ducks,
and scaup), those strategies will again be used for the 2013-14 hunting
season.
[[Page 45380]]
D. Special Seasons/Species Management
i. Special Teal Seasons
Council Recommendations: The Atlantic, Mississippi, and Central
Flyway Councils recommended that the daily bag limit be increased from
4 to 6 teal in the aggregate during the Special September teal season.
The Atlantic Flyway Council also recommended that we allow Maryland to
adjust existing shooting hours during the Special September teal season
from sunrise to one-half hour before sunrise on an experimental basis
during 2013-15 seasons.
Service Response: We appreciate the long-standing interest by the
Flyway Councils to pursue additional teal harvest opportunity. With
this interest in mind, in 2009, the Flyways and Service began to assess
the collective results of all teal harvest, including harvest during
special September seasons. The Teal Harvest Potential Working Group
conducted this assessment work, which included a thorough assessment of
the harvest potential for both blue-winged and green-winged teal, as
well as an assessment of the impacts of current special September
seasons on these two species. Cinnamon teal were subsequently included
in this assessment.
In the April 9, 2013, Federal Register, we stated that the final
report of the Teal Harvest Potential Working Group indicated that
additional opportunity could be provided for blue-winged teal and
green-winged teal. Therefore, we support recommendations from the
Atlantic, Mississippi, and Central Flyway Councils that the daily bag
limit be increased from 4 to 6 teal in the aggregate during the Special
September teal season in 2013-14. However, we will not support
additional changes to the structure of the September teal season until
specific management objectives for teal have been articulated and a
comprehensive, cross-flyway approach to developing and evaluating other
potential avenues by which additional teal harvest opportunity can be
provided has been completed. We recognize this comprehensive approach
may include addition of new hunting seasons (e.g., September teal
seasons in northern States) as well as expanded hunting opportunities
(e.g., season lengths, bag limits) in States with existing teal
seasons. In order to assess the overall effects of these changes, an
evaluation plan must be developed that includes specific objectives and
is tailored to appropriately address concerns about potential impacts
resulting from the type of opportunity offered. We outlined guidance
for conducting special season evaluations in SEIS 88 (Controlled Use of
Special Regulations, pp 82-83) which should be used when developing the
plan. We recognize that additional technical and coordination work will
need to be accomplished to complete this task, thus, a small technical
group comprised of members from the Flyway Councils and Service should
be convened. We look forward to working with the Flyway Councils in
undertaking the technical work needed to develop regulatory proposals,
and would expect a progress report on such work at the February 2014
Service Regulations Committee meeting.
In the interest of guiding State and Federal workloads and
facilitating a timely process for providing additional teal harvest
opportunity, we provide the following initial considerations. First, we
have stated that the primary focus of special season regulations is
underutilized species and/or stocks whose migration and distribution
provide opportunities outside the time period in which regular seasons
are held, and where such harvest can occur without appreciable impacts
to non-target species (SEIS 2013). Although the Teal Harvest Potential
Working Group's report documented the existence of additional blue-
winged and green-winged teal harvest opportunity, we believe the unique
migration behavior of blue-winged teal presents the opportunity to
isolate only that species both temporally and geographically,
consistent with the intent of special regulations. Consequently,
regulatory proposals to increase teal harvest should direct harvest
primarily at blue-winged teal.
Second, previous alternatives to provide additional teal harvest
opportunities have included bonus teal, Special September duck seasons
in Iowa, and Special September teal/wood duck seasons. Following
implementation of the SEIS 88 regarding the sport hunting of migratory
birds, all of these efforts were reviewed. Assessments of special
hunting opportunities, including September teal seasons and bonus teal
bags, were conducted. The results of these reviews indicated that the
September teal seasons could adequately be assessed regarding their
effects on migratory birds, but that bonus teal regulations could not.
Thus, in the early 1990s, bonus teal bags were no longer offered in the
annual duck regulations frameworks. With regard to Special September
duck seasons, we have previously stated that mixed-species special
seasons (as defined in the context of SEIS 88) are not a preferred
management approach, and that we do not wish to entertain refinements
to this season or foster expansions of this type of season into other
States (August 29, 1996, 61 FR 45838). Special September teal/wood duck
seasons in Florida, Tennessee and Kentucky have been provided in lieu
of Special September teal seasons and our preference at this time is to
maintain that policy. If Flyway Councils wish to pursue these
regulatory approaches to providing additional teal harvest opportunity,
we request that they provide compelling information as to why such
policies and approaches should be reinstated (i.e., bonus teal) or
expanded/modified (i.e., September duck seasons or September teal/wood
duck seasons).
A copy of the teal working group's final report is available on our
Web site at either https://www.fws.gov/migratorybirds, or at https://www.regulations.gov.
Regarding the regulations for this year, utilizing the criteria
developed for the teal season harvest strategy, this year's estimate of
7.7 million blue-winged teal from the traditional survey area indicates
that a 16-day September teal season in the Atlantic, Central, and
Mississippi Flyways is appropriate for 2013.
Regarding the Atlantic Flyway Council's request to allow Maryland
to adjust existing shooting hours during the Special September teal
season from sunrise to sunset to one-half hour before sunrise to sunset
on an experimental basis, we agree. Since the inception of Maryland's
September teal season in 1998, Maryland has utilized shooting hours of
sunrise to sunset. Maryland has agreed to conduct hunter performance
surveys to assess the impacts of the expanded shooting hours on non-
target waterfowl species. The hunter performance survey and assessment
criteria will be specified in an agreement between Maryland and the
Service.
2. Sea Ducks
Council Recommendations: The Atlantic Flyway Council recommended
that the Service amend the annual waterfowl hunting regulations at 50
CFR 20.105 to allow the shooting of crippled waterfowl from a motorboat
under power in New Jersey, North Carolina, South Carolina, and Georgia
in those areas described, delineated, and designated in their
respective hunting regulations as special sea duck hunting areas.
Service Response: We concur with the Atlantic Flyway's
recommendation and
[[Page 45381]]
note that this provision is already allowed in all other Atlantic
Flyway States with special sea duck hunting areas. Sea duck hunting
areas are typically large, open water areas (i.e., Atlantic Ocean) at
least 800 yards from shore where it is not reasonable to use retrieving
dogs. Further, all States with sea duck seasons have defined special
sea duck hunting areas described, delineated, and designated in their
respective hunting regulations as special sea duck hunting areas.
4. Canada Geese
A. Special Seasons
Council Recommendations: The Mississippi Flyway Council recommended
increasing the daily bag limit in Minnesota from 5 geese to 10 geese
during the special September season in certain areas of the State. The
Council further recommended that there be no possession limits for
Canada geese in either special seasons or regular seasons (see 22.
Other for further discussion on possession limits).
Service Response: We agree with the Mississippi Flyway Council's
request to increase the Canada goose daily bag limit within certain
areas that have experienced higher levels of agricultural depredations
in Minnesota. The Special Early Canada Goose hunting season is
generally designed to reduce or control overabundant resident Canada
geese populations. Increasing the daily bag limit from 5 to 10 geese in
certain areas may help reduce or control existing high populations of
resident Canada geese and associated agricultural depredation problems.
Nest and egg permits, airport removal, trap and euthanize, and
agricultural shooting permits have all been used in efforts to address
damage caused by overabundant Canada geese. In 2012, a record number of
shooting permits (234) were issued to landowners dealing with excessive
numbers of Canada geese causing agricultural damage.
The breeding population of resident Canada geese in Minnesota has
averaged 332,000 Canada geese, since 2001, which is 33 percent higher
than the goal of 250,000 Canada geese. In 2012, the breeding population
estimate was 434,000 Canada geese, which was the highest estimate on
record and 74 percent above the population goal. Annual harvest of
Canada geese in Minnesota has averaged 220,000 since 2001, with harvest
during the September season averaging 98,000 Canada geese. Further,
Minnesota has used a variety of methods to increase the harvest of
resident Canada geese, including an expanded September season (Sept. 1
through 22) and expanded opportunity during the regular season.
Bag limits for Canada geese above 5 per day during the September
season have not yet been used in the Mississippi Flyway during
September seasons. Based on bag frequency data from Atlantic Flyway
States that have utilized Canada goose daily bag limits of 15 during
September seasons, increasing the daily bag limit from 5 to 10 is
expected to increase Canada goose harvest approximately 16 percent
during the September season. Thus, a daily bag limit of 10 geese
implemented Statewide in Minnesota during the September season would be
expected to increase the annual harvest from 98,000 to 114,000 during
the September season.
B. Regular Seasons
Council Recommendations: The Mississippi Flyway Council recommended
that the framework opening date for all species of geese for the
regular goose seasons in the Lower Peninsula of Michigan and Wisconsin
be September 16, 2013, and in the Upper Peninsula of Michigan be
September 11, 2013. The Council further recommended that there be no
possession limits for Canada geese throughout the Flyway (see 22. Other
for further discussion on possession limits).
Service Response: We concur with recommended framework opening
dates. Michigan, beginning in 1998, and Wisconsin, beginning in 1989,
have opened their regular Canada goose seasons prior to the Flyway-wide
framework opening date to address resident goose management concerns in
these States. As we have previously stated (73 FR 50678, August 27,
2008), we agree with the objective to increase harvest pressure on
resident Canada geese in the Mississippi Flyway and will continue to
consider the opening dates in both States as exceptions to the general
Flyway opening date, to be reconsidered annually. The framework closing
date for the early goose season in the Upper Peninsula of Michigan is
September 10. By changing the framework opening date for the regular
season to September 11 in the Upper Peninsula of Michigan there will be
no need to close goose hunting in that area for 5 days and thus lose
the ability to maintain harvest pressure on resident Canada geese. We
note that the most recent resident Canada goose estimate for the
Mississippi Flyway was a record high 1,767,900 geese during the spring
of 2012, 8 percent higher than the 2011 estimate of 1,629,800 geese,
and well above the Flyway's population goal of 1.18 to 1.40 million
birds. See 23. Other for further discussion on possession limits.
9. Sandhill Cranes
Council Recommendations: The Mississippi Flyway Council recommended
implementation of a 3-year, experimental 60-day sandhill crane season
in Tennessee beginning in the 2013-14 season.
The Central Flyway Council recommended increasing the season length
in North Dakota's eastern sandhill crane hunting zone (Area 2) from 37
to 58 days in length.
The Central and Pacific Flyway Councils recommend using the 2013
Rocky Mountain Population (RMP) sandhill crane harvest allocation of
771 birds as proposed in the allocation formula using the 3-year
running average of fall population estimates for 2010-12.
Service Response: We concur with the Mississippi Flyway Council's
recommendation concerning an experimental season in Tennessee. We note
that a management plan for the Eastern Population of sandhill cranes
was approved by the Atlantic and Mississippi Flyway Councils in 2010.
The plan contained provisions and guidelines for establishing hunting
seasons in the Mississippi and Atlantic Flyway States if the fall
population was above a minimum threshold of 30,000 cranes. The
management plan also sets an overall harvest objective for an
individual State to be no more than 10 percent of the 5-year average
peak population estimate in that State. Since Tennessee's 5-year
average peak population count is 23,334 cranes, the State's maximum
allowable harvest would be 2,333 cranes. Tennessee's proposed
experimental season would limit the number of crane hunters to 775 with
each hunter receiving 3 tags for a maximum allowed harvest of 2,325
cranes. Given Tennessee's proposed harvest monitoring system, the
maximum allowed harvest of 2,333 cranes cannot be exceeded.
Additionally, we prepared a draft environmental assessment (EA) on
the hunting of EP sandhill cranes in Tennessee as allowed under the
management plan. A copy of the draft EA and specifics of the two
alternatives we analyzed can be found on our Web site at https://www.fws.gov/migratorybirds, or at https://www.regulations.gov. Our EA
outlines two different approaches for assessing the ability of the EP
crane population to withstand the level of harvest contained in EP
management plan: (1) The potential biological removal allowance method;
and (2) a simple population
[[Page 45382]]
model using fall survey data and annual survival rates. The EA
concluded that the anticipated combined level of harvest and crippling
loss in Tennessee could be sustained by the proposed hunt. Furthermore,
population modeling indicated that any harvest below 2,000 birds would
still result in a growing population of EP cranes. We anticipate that
the proposed action to allow a new experimental EP crane hunt in
Tennessee, combined with the existing experimental EP crane season in
Kentucky, would result in a potential take of 1,875 cranes, or only 2.7
percent of the EP population being harvested, which is lower than the
percentage currently experienced in either the RMP or Mid-continent
Population. Thus, we believe the proposed action would still allow
positive growth of the EP sandhill crane population. We further believe
that we have fulfilled our NEPA obligation with the preparation of an
EA, and therefore an EIS is not required.
The proposed crane hunt in Tennessee would begin in early December
and continue until late January. These proposed season dates would
begin approximately 2 to 3 weeks after whooping cranes are normally
migrating through Tennessee and would reduce the likelihood that
sandhill crane hunters would encounter whooping cranes. We further note
that whooping cranes that migrate through Tennessee are part of the
experimental nonessential population of whooping cranes (NEP). In 2001,
the Service announced its intent to reintroduce whooping cranes (Grus
americana) into historic habitat in the eastern United States with the
intent to establish a migratory flock that would summer and breed in
Wisconsin, and winter in west-central Florida (66 FR 14107, March 9,
2001). We designated this reintroduced population as an NEP according
to section 10(j) of the Endangered Species Act of 1973 (Act), as
amended (66 FR 33903, June 26, 2001). Mississippi and Atlantic Flyway
States within the NEP area maintain their management prerogatives
regarding the whooping crane. They are not directed by the
reintroduction program to take any specific actions to provide any
special protective measures, nor are they prevented from imposing
restrictions under State law, such as protective designations, and area
closures.
We also support the Central Flyway Council's recommendation to
increase the season length for midcontinent sandhill cranes in the
eastern zone of North Dakota (Area 2). However, we believe additional
information recently published on the demographics of this population
should be incorporated into a revised management plan, and that the
revised plan should include more specificity regarding how harvest
opportunities should be expanded and restricted based on population
status and harvest. Such a process is essential to successful,
collaborative management of shared populations by the Service and the
Flyways. We do not want to address regulatory changes in an incremental
manner and believe codifying specifically in a management plan how such
changes in harvest opportunities will occur would achieve that end.
We also agree with the Central and Pacific Flyway Councils'
recommendations on the RMP sandhill crane harvest allocation of 771
birds for the 2013-14 season, as outlined in the RMP sandhill crane
management plan's harvest allocation formula. The objective for RMP
sandhill cranes is to manage for a stable population index of 17,000-
21,000 cranes determined by an average of the three most recent,
reliable September (fall pre-migration) surveys. Additionally, the RMP
management plan allows for the regulated harvest of cranes when the 3-
year average of the population indices exceeds 15,000 cranes. In 2012,
15,417 cranes were counted in the September survey, a decrease from the
previous year's count of 17,494 birds. The most recent 3-year average
for the RMP sandhill crane fall index is 17,992, a decrease from the
previous 3-year average of 19,626.
14. Woodcock
In 2011, we implemented an interim harvest strategy for woodcock
for a period of 5 years (2011-15) (76 FR 19876, April 8, 2011). The
interim harvest strategy provides a transparent framework for making
regulatory decisions for woodcock season length and bag limit while we
work to improve monitoring and assessment protocols for this species.
Utilizing the criteria developed for the interim strategy, the 3-year
average for the Singing Ground Survey indices and associated confidence
intervals fall within the ``moderate package'' for both the Eastern and
Central Management Regions. As such, a ``moderate season'' for both
management regions for the 2013-14 woodcock hunting season is
appropriate for 2013. Specifics of the interim harvest strategy can be
found at https://www.fws.gov/migratorybirds/NewsPublicationsReports.html.
15. Band-Tailed Pigeons
Council Recommendations: The Pacific Flyway Council recommended
reducing the daily bag limit from 5 to 2 pigeons for the Interior
Population.
Service Response: We have a long-standing practice of giving
considerable deference to harvest strategies developed in cooperative
Flyway management plans. However, a harvest strategy does not exist for
the Interior Population of band-tailed pigeons even though the
development of one was identified as a high priority when the
management plan was adopted in 2001. Because the Pacific Flyway
Council's recommendation is not supported by the Central Flyway at this
time, we recommend that the two Flyway Councils discuss this issue and
advise us of the results of these deliberations in their respective
recommendation packages from their meetings next March. It is our
desire to see adoption of a mutually acceptable harvest strategy for
this population as soon as possible.
16. Doves
Council Recommendations: The Atlantic and Mississippi Flyway
Councils recommended use of the ``moderate'' season framework for
States within the Eastern Management Unit population of mourning doves
resulting in a 70-day season and 15-bird daily bag limit. The daily bag
limit could be composed of mourning doves and white-winged doves,
singly or in combination.
The Mississippi and Central Flyway Councils recommend the use of
the standard (or ``moderate'') season package of a 15-bird daily bag
limit and a 70-day season for the 2013-14 mourning dove season in the
States within the Central Management Unit. The Central Flyway Council
previously recommended that the Special White-winged Dove Area be
expanded to Interstate Highway 37 in the 2013-14 season.
The Pacific Flyway Council recommended use of the ``moderate''
season framework for States in the Western Management Unit (WMU)
population of doves, which represents no change from last year's
frameworks.
The Atlantic, Mississippi, Central, and Pacific Flyway Councils
also recommended that the present interim mourning dove harvest
strategy be replaced by a new national mourning dove harvest strategy
for implementation beginning with the 2014-15 season. The new strategy
uses a discrete logistic growth model based on information derived from
the banding program, the Harvest Information Program, and the mourning
dove parts collection survey to predict mourning dove population size
in a Bayesian statistical framework. The method is similar to other
migratory bird strategies already in place and
[[Page 45383]]
performs better than several other modeling strategies that were
evaluated by the National Mourning Dove Task Force. The strategy uses
mourning dove population thresholds to determine a regulation package
for mourning doves for each year. The Central and Mississippi Flyway
Councils did, however, recommend several changes to the strategy,
including a reduced closure threshold, using a running 3-year average
of abundance in assessing regulatory change, and holding regulations
constant for 3 years.
Service Response: In 2008, we accepted and endorsed the interim
harvest strategies for the Central, Eastern, and Western Management
Units (73 FR 50678, August 27, 2008). As we stated then, the interim
mourning dove harvest strategies are a step towards implementing the
Mourning Dove National Strategic Harvest Plan (Plan) that was approved
by all four Flyway Councils in 2003. The Plan represents a new, more
informed means of decision-making for dove harvest management besides
relying solely on traditional roadside counts of mourning doves as
indicators of population trend. However, recognizing that a more
comprehensive, national approach would take time to develop, we
requested the development of interim harvest strategies, by management
unit, until the elements of the Plan can be fully implemented. In 2009,
the interim harvest strategies were successfully employed and
implemented in all three Management Units (74 FR 36870, July 24, 2009).
We concur with the Atlantic and Pacific Flyway Councils'
recommendations that the National mourning dove harvest strategy, as
developed by the Mourning Dove Task Force, be adopted this year for
implementation in 2014-15 hunting season. This strategy would replace
the Interim Harvest Strategies that have been in place since 2009.
While we appreciate the Central and Mississippi Flyway Councils'
recommendations supporting implementation of the National mourning dove
harvest, we do not support the changes proposed by the Central and
Mississippi Flyway Councils specific to the Central Management Unit.
More specifically, we do not support the reduced closure threshold,
using a running 3-year average of abundance in assessing regulatory
change, and holding regulations constant for at least 3 years. We
support continued development and further evaluation of the
modifications proposed by the Mississippi and Central Flyways,
including appropriate closure levels for each management unit based on
objective biological criteria. The Mourning Dove Task Force is a useful
venue for developing these issues for future consideration and
potential modification to the National Strategy.
This year, based on the interim harvest strategies and current
population status, we agree with the recommended selection of the
``moderate'' season frameworks for doves in the Eastern, Central, and
Western Management Units.
Regarding the Central Flyway Council's recommendation to expand the
Special White-winged Dove Area in Texas, we expressed our support for
this recommendation last year and addressed it in the August 30, 2012,
Federal Register (77 FR 53118). The then-approved changes take effect
this season.
22. Other
Council Recommendations: The Atlantic Flyway Council recommended
increasing the possession limits for sora and Virginia rails from 1 to
3 times the aggregate daily bag limit, consistent with the Council's
proposed bag limits for all other migratory game birds during normal
established hunting seasons.
The Atlantic, Mississippi, Central, and Pacific Flyway Councils
recommended increasing the possession limit from 2 to 3 times the daily
bag limit for doves.
The Pacific Flyway Council recommended increasing the possession
limit from 2 to 3 times the daily bag limit for band-tailed pigeons;
special September Canada goose seasons; snipe; falconry; and Alaska
seasons for brant, sandhill cranes, and geese (except dusky Canada
geese).
The Mississippi Flyway Council recommended that the Service
increase the possession limit from 2 times to 3 times the daily bag
limit for all migratory game bird species and seasons except for Canada
geese, where they recommended that there be no possession limit, or
other overabundant species for which no current possession limits are
currently assigned (e.g., light geese), where there would continue to
be no possession limits. The Council also recommended increasing the
possession limits for sora and Virginia rails from 1 to 3 times the
aggregate daily bag limit, consistent with other possession limit
recommendations, and no change for those species that currently have
permit hunts (e.g., cranes and swans). The Council recommends these
changes be implemented beginning in the 2013-14 season. New and/or
experimental seasons could have different possession limits if
justified. The Council further recommended that possession limits not
apply at one's personal permanent residence and specifically
recommended language to modify 50 CFR 20.39 to do so.
Lastly, the Central Flyway Council recommended that the Service
develop a mechanism that allows not for profit community food
distribution centers to exceed possession limits for Canada geese
during the regular hunting season.
Service Response: The issue of possession limits was first raised
by the Flyway Councils in the summer of 2010. At that time, we stated
that we were generally supportive of the Flyways' interest in
increasing the possession limits for migratory game birds and
appreciated the discussions to frame this important issue (75 FR 58250,
September 23, 2010). We also stated that we believed there were many
unanswered questions regarding how this interest could be fully
articulated in a proposal that satisfies the harvest management
community, while fostering the support of the law enforcement community
and informing the general hunting public. Thus, we proposed the
creation of a cross-agency Working Group, chaired by the Service, and
comprised of staff from the Service's Migratory Bird Program, State
Wildlife Agency representatives, and Federal and State law enforcement
staff, to develop a recommendation that fully articulates a potential
change in possession limits. This effort would include a discussion of
the current status and use of possession limits, which populations and/
or species/species groups should not be included in any proposed
modification of possession limits, potential law enforcement issues,
and a reasonable timeline for the implementation of any such proposed
changes.
After discussions last year at the January SRC meeting, and March
and July Flyway Council meetings, the Atlantic, Central, and Pacific
Flyway Councils recommended that the Service increase the possession
limit from 2 times to 3 times the daily bag limit for all migratory
game bird species and seasons except for those species that currently
have possession limits of less than 2 times the daily bag limit (e.g.,
some rail species), for permit hunts (e.g., cranes and swans), and for
overabundant species for which no current possession limits are
assigned (e.g., light geese), beginning in the 2013-14 season (77 FR
58444; September 20, 2012). These recommendations from the Councils
were one such outgrowth of the efforts started in 2010. With the
Mississippi Flyway Council's recommendation and
[[Page 45384]]
the additional input and recommendations from all four Flyway Councils
from their March 2013 Council meetings, we believe the Flyway Councils'
consensus approach of moving from 2 times to 3 times the daily bag
limit is appropriate for implementation beginning with the 2013-14
season. Thus, we propose to increase the possession limit for all
species for which we currently have possession limits of twice the
daily bag limit to three times the daily bag limit. We also propose to
include sora and Virginia rails in this possession limit increase.
Possession limits for other species and hunts for which the possession
limit is equal to the daily bag limit would remain unchanged, as would
permit hunts for species such as swans and some crane populations.
Additionally, as we discussed in the April 9 and June 14 proposed
rules, when our initial review of possession limits was instituted in
2010, we also realized that a review of possession limits could not be
adequately conducted without expanding the initial review to include
other possession-related regulations. In particular, it was our belief
that any potential increase in the possession limits should be done in
concert with a review and update of the wanton waste regulations in 50
CFR 20.25. We believed it prudent to review some of the long-standing
sources of confusion (for both hunters and law enforcement) regarding
wanton waste. A review of the current Federal wanton waste regulations,
along with various State wanton waste regulations, has been recently
completed, and we anticipate publishing a proposed rule this summer to
revise 50 CFR 20.25.
Lastly, we recognize that there are other important issues
surrounding possession that need to be reviewed, such as termination of
possession (as recommended by the Mississippi Flyway Council). However,
that issue is a much larger and more complex review than the wanton
waste regulations and the possession limit regulations. We anticipate
starting a review of termination of possession regulations upon
completion of changes to the wanton waste regulations.
Regarding the Central Flyway Council's recommendation to allow food
banks to exceed possession limits for Canada geese, we note that this
issue is outside the scope of this proposed rule. Such a proposal would
require a change to 50 CFR 20.33 and would require a separate
rulemaking process.
Public Comments
The Department of the Interior's policy is, whenever possible, to
afford the public an opportunity to participate in the rulemaking
process. Accordingly, we invite interested persons to submit written
comments, suggestions, or recommendations regarding the proposed
regulations. Before promulgating final migratory game bird hunting
regulations, we will consider all comments we receive. These comments,
and any additional information we receive, may lead to final
regulations that differ from these proposals.
You may submit your comments and materials concerning this proposed
rule by one of the methods listed in the ADDRESSES section. We will not
accept comments sent by email or fax. We will not consider hand-
delivered comments that we do not receive, or mailed comments that are
not postmarked, by the date specified in the DATES section.
We will post all comments in their entirety--including your
personal identifying information--on https://www.regulations.gov. Before
including your address, phone number, email address, or other personal
identifying information in your comment, you should be aware that your
entire comment--including your personal identifying information--may be
made publicly available at any time. While you can ask us in your
comment to withhold your personal identifying information from public
review, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to do so.
Comments and materials we receive, as well as supporting
documentation we used in preparing this proposed rule, will be
available for public inspection on https://www.regulations.gov, or by
appointment, during normal business hours, at the U.S. Fish and
Wildlife Service, Division of Migratory Bird Management, Room 4107,
4501 North Fairfax Drive, Arlington, VA 22203.
For each series of proposed rulemakings, we will establish specific
comment periods. We will consider, but possibly may not respond in
detail to, each comment. As in the past, we will summarize all comments
we receive during the comment period and respond to them after the
closing date in the preambles of any final rules.
National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA)
The programmatic document, ``Final Supplemental Environmental
Impact Statement: Issuance of Annual Regulations Permitting the Sport
Hunting of Migratory Birds (FSES 88-14),'' filed with the Environmental
Protection Agency (EPA) on June 9, 1988, addresses NEPA compliance by
the Service for issuance of the annual framework regulations for
hunting of migratory game bird species. We published a notice of
availability in the Federal Register on June 16, 1988 (53 FR 22582),
and our Record of Decision on August 18, 1988 (53 FR 31341). We also
address NEPA compliance for waterfowl hunting frameworks through the
annual preparation of separate environmental assessments, the most
recent being ``Duck Hunting Regulations for 2012-13,'' with its
corresponding August 23, 2012, finding of no significant impact. We
will prepare another separate EA for 2013-14 waterfowl hunting
frameworks this summer. In addition, an August 1985 environmental
assessment entitled ``Guidelines for Migratory Bird Hunting Regulations
on Federal Indian Reservations and Ceded Lands'' is available from the
address indicated under the caption FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT.
In a notice published in the September 8, 2005, Federal Register
(70 FR 53376), the Service announced its intent to develop a new
supplemental environmental impact statement for the migratory bird
hunting program. We held public scoping meetings in the spring of 2006,
as announced in a March 9, 2006, Federal Register notice (71 FR 12216).
We published the 2010 draft supplemental environmental impact statement
in the Federal Register on July 9, 2010 (73 FR 39577). The public
comment period closed on March 26, 2011. On May 31, 2013, we published
a notice of availability in the Federal Register (78 FR 32686)
announcing a Second Final Supplemental Environmental Impact Statement
for the Issuance of Annual Regulations Permitting the Hunting of
Migratory Birds. The programmatic document was filed with the EPA on
May 24, 2013, pursuant to the NEPA. The public review period ended July
1, 2013.
Below is the Service's Record of Decision (RoD) for the migratory
bird hunting program, prepared pursuant to National Environmental
Policy Act (NEPA) regulations at 40 CFR 1505.2. We have provided it
here in its entirety. This RoD was developed by the Service in
compliance with the agency decision-making requirements of NEPA. The
purpose of this RoD is to document the Service's decision for the
selection of an alternative for the issuance of annual regulations
permitting the hunting of migratory birds. Alternatives have been fully
described and evaluated in the May 2013 Second Final Supplemental
Environmental Impact Statement for the Issuance of Annual Regulations
Permitting the Hunting of Migratory Birds.
[[Page 45385]]
This RoD is intended to: (a) State the Service's decision, present
the rationale for its selection, and describe its implementation; (b)
identify the alternatives considered in reaching the decision; and (c)
state whether all means to avoid or minimize environmental harm from
implementation of the selected alternative have been adopted (40 CFR
1505.2).
Record of Decision--Second Final Supplemental Environmental Impact
Statement for the Issuance of Annual Regulations Permitting the Hunting
of Migratory Birds
Through this Record of Decision (RoD), the U.S. Fish and Wildlife
Service (Service) selects alternatives for the seven regulatory
components considered for establishing annual regulations for the
hunting of migratory birds in the United States. This RoD includes
brief summaries of the alternatives considered, the public involvement
process, and the rationale for selecting an alternative for each of the
seven regulatory components considered, as described in the Final
Supplemental Environmental Impact Statement (FSEIS), for issuance of
annual migratory bird hunting regulations. In all cases, the
``preferred'' alternative is also the environmentally preferred one.
Description of the Seven Regulatory Components and Alternatives
Considered Under Each
1. Schedule and Timing of the General Regulatory Process
Promulgation of annual hunting regulations relies on a well-defined
process of monitoring, data collection, and scientific assessment. At
key points during that process, Flyway Technical Committees, Flyway
Councils, and the public review and provide valuable input on technical
assessments or other documents related to proposed regulatory
frameworks. The Service then finalizes the frameworks and forwards them
to the Assistant Secretary of the Interior for Fish and Wildlife and
Parks for final approval. After approval, each State selects its
seasons, usually following its own schedule of public hearings and
other deliberations. After State selections are completed, the Service
adopts them as Federal regulations by publication in the Federal
Register.
Alternative 1: (no change alternative). Promulgate annual
regulations using separate early and late season processes based on
previous or current year biological information and established harvest
strategies.
Alternative 2: (preferred alternative). Promulgate annual
regulations using a single process for early and late seasons based on
predictions derived from long-term biological information and
established harvest strategies.
Alternative 3: Promulgate biennial (or longer) regulations using
separate early and late season processes.
Alternative 4: Promulgate biennial (or longer) regulations using a
single process for early and late seasons.
Decision: The Service has selected Alternative 2 as described in
the FSEIS for implementation. Alternative 2 is the most effective
alternative for addressing key issues identified during the planning
process and will best achieve the purposes and goals of the Service and
States. Implementation of the preferred alternative is targeted for the
2015-16 regulations cycle.
Factors Considered in Making the Decision: In reaching this
decision, the Service reviewed and considered the following: Impacts
identified in Chapter 6 of the draft and FSEIS; relevant issues,
concerns, and opportunities presented by agencies, organizations, and
individuals throughout the planning process, including comments on the
draft and FSEIS; and other relevant factors, including statutory and
regulatory guidance.
The Service concludes that the impact of Alternative 2 on hunted
populations of migratory birds compared to the no change alternative is
likely to be minimal. Alternative 2 combines the current early and late
season regulatory actions into a single process. Regulatory proposals
will be developed using biological data from the preceding year(s),
model predictions, or most recently accumulated data that are available
at the time the proposals are being formulated. Individual harvest
strategies will be modified using either data from the previous year(s)
or model predictions because the current year's data would not be
available for many of the strategies. Considerable technical work will
be necessary over a period of years to adjust the underlying biological
models to the new regulatory time scale. During this transition period,
harvest strategies and prescriptions will be modified to fit into the
new regulatory schedule. These adjustments could be accomplished
immediately upon adoption of the new process. Many existing regulatory
prescriptions used for Canada geese and sandhill cranes currently work
on this basis. The process will be somewhat less precise in some
instances because population projections would be used instead of
current-year status information. The use of population projections
rather than current-year population estimates would add variability to
the population estimate from which the regulations are based. However,
the uncertainty associated with these status predictions will be
accounted for and incorporated into the process. This uncertainty will
not result in a disproportionately higher harvest rate for any stock,
either annually or on a cumulative basis, because these regulations
likely would become slightly more conservative due to the increased
uncertainty of the population status. Additionally, under this
alternative, the SRC will meet in March or April (exact dates would be
determined in consultation with the four Flyway Councils). Proposed
frameworks will be available for public review by early June. Final
frameworks will be published by mid-August. The schedule proposed under
Alternative 2 will allow 30-60 days for public input and comments
(currently the comment period is as short as 10 days). The four Flyway
Councils could meet only once instead of twice, and the SRC will meet
twice a year, once in January and once in March-April, instead of the
three times they currently convene. The reduced number of meetings
could lower administrative costs by 40 percent per year and
substantially lower the Service's carbon footprint due to a decrease in
travel and a reduction in the costs associated with the additional
meetings.
2. Frequency of Review and Adoption of Duck Regulatory Packages
Duck regulatory packages are the set of framework regulations that
apply to the general duck hunting seasons. Packages include opening and
closing dates, season lengths, daily bag limits, and shooting hours.
Current regulatory packages contain a set of frameworks for each of the
four flyways and a set of four regulatory alternatives: restrictive
(relatively short seasons and low daily bag limits), moderate
(intermediate season lengths and daily bag limits), liberal (longer
seasons and higher daily bag limits), and closed. The differences in
season lengths and daily bag limits among flyways reflect the historic
differences in waterfowl abundance and hunter numbers in these regions.
Each regulatory package has an associated target harvest rate, which is
based on mallards since mallards are the most well-studied and most
heavily harvested (nationally) of all duck species. Each year the
adaptive harvest management (AHM) models are run, with the most up-to-
date harvest survey data included, and one of the regulatory
alternatives
[[Page 45386]]
(i.e., closed, restrictive, moderate, or liberal) is selected based on
the AHM process. These regulatory packages apply to all duck species
except those for which specific individual harvest strategies exist or,
in some cases, for species in which separate daily bag limits have been
established. Daily bag limit restrictions within the general duck
seasons are used to limit the harvest of certain less abundant species
(e.g., American black duck, wood duck, mottled duck).
Importantly, when employing the AHM approach, the regulatory
packages should remain relatively constant over time, because the
optimization process assumes that the expected harvest rates resulting
from the various packages remains constant. However, the uncertainty in
harvest rates from what is projected and what is realized in any given
year is a component that is accounted for in the process; thus, there
is room for modification. Recognizing the desire of many constituents
to make adjustments to the basic packages, a regular process to review
and incorporate possible modifications is necessary and appropriate.
The intent, regardless of the alternative selected below, is to have
the first open review and possible modification of these packages begin
in the year following the finalization of the FSEIS.
Alternative 1: (no change alternative). Regulatory packages adopted
annually.
Duck regulatory packages are currently reviewed and adopted on an
annual basis (see above). This would continue under this alternative.
Alternative 2: (preferred alternative). Establish regulatory
packages for 5-year periods.
A description of duck regulatory packages is provided above. Under
this alternative, the set of regulatory packages would be adopted for a
5-year period instead of annually, and changes would be considered at
the time of renewal. The first review period would coincide with the
initial implementation of the proposed action.
Decision: The Service has selected Alternative 2 as described in
the FSEIS for implementation. Alternative 2 is the most effective
alternative for addressing key issues identified during the planning
process and will best achieve the purposes and goals of the Service and
States. Implementation of the preferred alternative is targeted for the
2015-16 regulations cycle or as soon as is technically feasible.
Factors Considered in Making the Decision: In reaching this
decision, the Service reviewed and considered the following: Impacts
identified in Chapter 6 of the draft and FSEIS; relevant issues,
concerns, and opportunities presented by agencies, organizations, and
individuals throughout the planning process, including comments on the
draft and FSEIS; and other relevant factors, including statutory and
regulatory guidance.
The Service concludes that Alternative 2 allowing review and
adoption of regulatory packages every 5 years instead of annually is
the best course of action balancing the need for consistent regulatory
actions with the need for occasional adjustments. Adopting such a
process will result in limited impacts on population status. Limiting
changes to a 5-year interval is expected to result in an improvement
over the current situation. The improvement should result because of
the reduced variability in harvest rates that are expected when
compared to allowing annual changes in the basic duck regulatory
packages. Adopting packages annually as is presently done could
increase variability, if the packages are actually changed annually. In
fact, and in recognition of this problem, the Service has kept packages
stable, although it reviews and adopts them each year. Alternative 2
will minimize the frequency of changes, thereby improving the learning
potential under the AHM process, while still affording the option to
adjust packages at regular intervals in recognition of changing bird
status, environmental conditions, and socioeconomic changes.
3. Stock-Specific Harvest Strategies
Harvest strategies have been developed for stocks deemed not
biologically capable of sustaining the same harvest levels that jointly
managed stocks are capable of sustaining, or whose migration and
distribution do not conform to patterns followed by the most commonly
harvested species. There also is a desire to have a known set of
conditions under which regulations would be changed for species covered
by these strategies. The formal strategies provide this information by
describing abundance levels and other demographic factors that would
result in changes in harvest opportunity. Stock-specific harvest
strategies formally adopted by the Service include those for American
black ducks, canvasbacks, northern pintails, and scaup. In addition, an
interim harvest strategy was recently developed and proposed for
approval for mourning doves starting with the 2014-15 hunting season. A
draft harvest strategy for wood ducks may be developed and considered
for adoption in the future. The Service has adopted stock-specific
strategies for ducks and mourning doves through the Federal Register
process. Harvest guidelines for goose, swan and crane populations are
addressed in flyway-specific management plans. Although these harvest
guidelines are not formally adopted by the Service, the Service gives
strong consideration to these plans when formulating annual regulatory
proposals.
Alternative 1: (no change, preferred alternative). Continue use of
currently employed stock-specific harvest strategies and develop new
strategies when necessary.
Alternative 2: Significantly reduce the use of stock-specific
harvest strategies.
This action would be accomplished by reducing general seasons to a
structure that can be sustained by more stocks than the existing
aggregate structures are able to sustain. For example, a simplified set
of regulations for general duck seasons would result in a reduction in
the number of separate harvest strategies that would be needed for
ducks (e.g., duck limits overall would be reduced to those appropriate
for scaup or northern pintails, whichever of these required the most
conservative regulations).
Alternative 3: Expand the use of stock-specific harvest strategies
to include most individual stocks.
This alternative would lead to additional stock-specific
regulations that would eventually result in separate hunting seasons
for most, if not all, recognized stocks for which harvest is allowed.
Decision: The Service has selected Alternative 1 as described in
the FSEIS for implementation. Alternative 1 is the most effective
alternative for addressing key issues identified during the planning
process and will best achieve the purposes and goals of the Service and
States. Implementation of the preferred alternative is targeted for the
2015-16 regulations cycle or as soon as is technically feasible.
Factors Considered in Making the Decision: In reaching this
decision, the Service reviewed and considered the following: Impacts
identified in Chapter 6 of the draft and FSEIS; relevant issues,
concerns, and opportunities presented by agencies, organizations, and
individuals throughout the planning process, including comments on the
draft and FSEIS; and other relevant factors, including statutory and
regulatory guidance.
The Service concludes that the use of stock-specific harvest
strategies protects individual species deemed biologically incapable of
sustaining the harvest levels imposed by the current AHM process based
on mallard status.
[[Page 45387]]
Alternative 1 reduces the risk of overharvesting specific stocks
without unnecessarily reducing harvest opportunities on more abundant
species. Alternative 1 allows hunters, businesses, and governments to
plan for hunting expenses and regulations in advance, since it provides
a set of conditions under which regulations would be changed, and the
extent of change in those regulations. However, adding additional
strategies could increase regulatory complexity because there could be
new strategies and associated regulations developed, as needed, to
address additional stocks of migratory birds. Any new strategies will
also increase the cost of the annual regulatory process. Thus, new
strategies will only be added when there is a clear need and after
consultation with State partners. New strategies will be proposed, and
the public will be provided opportunities for comment. The Service will
continue the current policy of reviewing, revising and/or eliminating
strategies to reflect changes in the status and technical understanding
of the strategies that are in use.
4. Special Regulations
Special regulations differ from stock-specific harvest strategies
because they entail additional days of harvest opportunity outside the
established frameworks for general seasons, but within the 107-day
limit mandated by the Migratory Bird Treaty Act (16 U.S.C. 703-712).
Special regulations are employed to provide additional harvest
opportunity on overabundant stocks, stocks that are lightly harvested
and can sustain greater harvest pressure when harvest can be achieved
without appreciable impacts to nontarget species, and/or stocks whose
migration and distribution provide opportunities outside the time
period in which regular seasons are held. An important tenet of special
regulations is that harvest pressure can be effectively directed
primarily at target stocks that can be temporally and geographically
isolated so as to avoid nontarget take. Currently, special regulations
include: (1) September teal seasons in the Atlantic, Mississippi, and
Central Flyways; (2) September teal and wood duck seasons in Florida,
Kentucky, and Tennessee; (3) the special sea duck season along the
Atlantic Coast; and (4) special regulations on overabundant resident
Canada geese. The Service has required that States implementing special
regulations conduct experiments that assess the biological impacts of
those seasons on both target and non-target stocks.
Alternative 1: (no change alternative). No change to currently
allowed special regulations.
Maintain requirement for experimental evaluation of any proposed
new special regulations and periodic assessments of the effects of
special regulations to determine whether they are still justified.
Alternative 2: (preferred alternative). Eliminate experimental
evaluation requirements for special regulations on overabundant
resident Canada geese, except for areas where previous evaluations
indicate an unacceptable level of take of migrant Canada geese, and in
areas which have not conducted evaluations where one could reasonably
expect an unacceptable level of take of migrant Canada geese (e.g.,
areas in northern States). All special Canada goose seasons require
Flyway Council endorsement, and Flyway Councils may request evaluations
as part of the approval process if they believe such evaluations to be
warranted. Additionally, if conditions are believed to have changed,
new evaluations can be conducted for areas in which prior evaluations
failed with respect to the take of migrant Canada geese. The Service
may periodically re-evaluate existing special regulations for other
species/stocks on a case-by-case basis to determine whether they are
still justified, and will continue to require experiments for any other
types of new special regulations. The Service will undertake a review
of the Special harvest regulations in place for sea ducks.
Decision: The Service has selected Alternative 2 as described in
the FSEIS for implementation. Alternative 2 is the most effective
alternative for addressing key issues identified during the planning
process and will best achieve the purposes and goals of the Service and
States. Implementation of the preferred alternative is targeted for the
2015-16 regulations cycle or as soon following as is technically
feasible.
Factors Considered in Making the Decision: In reaching this
decision, the Service reviewed and considered the following: Impacts
identified in Chapter 6 of the draft and FSEIS; relevant issues,
concerns, and opportunities presented by agencies, organizations, and
individuals throughout the planning process, including comments on the
draft and FSEIS; and other relevant factors, including statutory and
regulatory guidance.
The Service concludes that several target populations will benefit
from the biological review that would determine if special harvest
opportunities were still warranted. In particular, special seasons for
sea ducks and teal will be considered. Elimination of experimental
season evaluations for overabundant resident Canada geese is not
expected to alter their population status, but is expected to expedite
actions designed to increase harvest of these birds. Sufficient
experimentation already has been conducted, and the results indicate
that these seasons will not endanger the resident geese. There are some
risks to non-target migrant Canada goose populations; however, recent
studies provide sufficient data regarding select areas where such
seasons could pose a problem for non-target goose populations and those
areas will be addressed on a case-by-case basis to ensure non-resident
stocks are not negatively impacted.
Alternative 2 could lead to increased administrative costs
associated with the re-evaluation of the existing special regulations.
The Service has historically reviewed special regulations when changes
in status or environmental conditions suggest there is a reason to do
so. This alternative continues that practice. Although there could be
an initial increase in cost associated with such re-evaluations, there
could also be financial savings associated with elimination of the
experimental evaluation requirement for most resident Canada goose
special regulations. Depending on findings, the results of those
evaluations could lead to expansion of one or more of the current
special duck seasons or establishment of additional special seasons,
either of which would result in more hunting opportunity and the
associated economic benefits. On the other hand, evaluations could lead
to reduction or elimination of one or more current special seasons,
resulting in reduced hunting opportunity and some negative impacts on
local economies. Expediting the approval of additional special
regulations for resident Canada geese would increase harvest and result
in fewer of those birds, which in turn would reduce crop depredation
and other conflicts caused by their overabundance.
5. Management Scale for the Harvest of Migratory Birds
Management scale is defined as the geographic area in which stocks
are monitored and harvest is managed. Determining the appropriate scale
of harvest management is important for two primary reasons: (1) Scale
determines the degree to which harvest regulations can differ
geographically, and (2) management at smaller geographic scales commits
management agencies to increased monitoring efforts
[[Page 45388]]
on greater numbers of stocks of migratory birds. The finer the scale of
management employed in harvest management, the higher the cost of
monitoring to management agencies. The desire for smaller management
scales is driven by the potential for increased harvest opportunity
associated with more refined geographic management.
Alternative 1: (no change, preferred alternative). Maintain the
current scale of management for all migratory bird species.
Under this alternative, ducks would be managed by flyway on the
basis of three mallard stocks: Eastern, western, and mid-continent. For
duck species that are covered by harvest strategies (e.g., pintails,
scaup, and canvasbacks), the management scale would continue to be
continental. New strategies would include geographic definitions of the
applicable scale as part of their descriptions. American woodcock would
continue to be managed as two units and mourning doves as three.
Sandhill cranes, geese, tundra swans, and band-tailed pigeons would be
managed as the currently defined individual populations. American black
duck and wood duck seasons would remain as currently implemented. All
geographic scales would be subject to periodic review and revision when
new information becomes available, or if population distributions shift
markedly in the future. This approach provides considerable allowances
for differences in hunting opportunity based on geographic differences
in population status and distribution, yet limits the number of
different stocks that require individual monitoring to a manageable
level.
Alternative 2: Expand the existing management scale by reverting to
a single continental management scale for population monitoring of
ducks, mourning doves, and American woodcock. The existing harvest-
management units (e.g., flyways, management units) would be maintained
to account for regional differences in hunter numbers and harvest
pressure.
This alternative would establish a continental scale for the
monitoring of migratory game birds and harvest management decisions.
Regional differences in population status and trends would not be taken
into account when making regulatory decisions. The only geographic
differences in harvest opportunity would be based on the traditional
differences that have been established among flyways and among/between
ducks, mourning dove, tundra swan, and American woodcock management
units.
Alternative 3: Work to further geographically refine the scale of
duck harvest management, and maintain existing management scales for
other stocks.
Monitoring programs would be established wherever sufficient
biological evidence suggests further geographic refinement is possible
for any stocks. The monitoring programs would allow for differential
harvest regulations within the defined range of each stock.
Conceptually, this would greatly increase the number of stocks for
which separate regulations would be established independently. This
could include subdividing the traditional management units of flyways
(in the case of ducks), or the management units, in the case of
mourning doves or American woodcock.
Decision: The Service has selected Alternative 1 as described in
the FSEIS for implementation. Alternative 1 is the most effective
alternative for addressing key issues identified during the planning
process and will best achieve the purposes and goals of the Service and
States. Implementation of the preferred alternative is targeted for the
2015-16 regulations cycle or as soon following as is technically
feasible.
Factors Considered in Making the Decision: In reaching this
decision, the Service reviewed and considered the following: Impacts
identified in Chapter 6 of the draft and FSEIS; relevant issues,
concerns, and opportunities presented by agencies, organizations, and
individuals throughout the planning process, including comments on the
draft and FSEIS; and other relevant factors, including statutory and
regulatory guidance.
The Service concludes that Alternative 1 ensures sustainable
continental populations of mallards and other duck species that are the
subjects of species-specific harvest strategies, because those harvest
strategies are supported by adequate population size, harvest
monitoring programs, and other relevant population statistics.
Likewise, geese, mourning doves, woodcock, sandhill cranes, tundra
swans, and band-tailed pigeons are monitored at their current
management scales to ensure sustainability. However, if distinct
subpopulations exist within any of the currently defined populations/
species, and have demographics that differ greatly from the management-
scale-wide average, those subpopulations could undergo undetected
growth or decline under Alternative 1. Coots, gallinules, moorhens,
snipe, and rails will be managed at the continental scale under this
alternative. Alternative 1 maintains the traditional approach of
allowing for recognition of geographic variation in harvest opportunity
while maintaining a relatively limited number of geographic units that
must be monitored and managed separately. Costs of monitoring and
managing at the current scale have been considered acceptable to the
public and the cooperating management agencies. To date, the level of
hunting opportunity that this alternative affords has been adequate to
satisfy migratory bird hunters in most years. This approach represents
a compromise between recognition of existing natural variation in
abundance and distribution with the costs associated with managing at
more refined geographic scales, such as is considered in Alternative 3
for this component.
6. Zones and Split Seasons
A zone is a geographic area or portion of a State, with a
contiguous boundary, for which an independent season may be selected. A
split is a situation where a season is broken into two or more segments
with a closed period between segments. The combination of zones and
split seasons allows a State to maximize harvest opportunity within the
Federal frameworks without exceeding the number of days allowed for a
given season. Guidelines for the use of zones and splits have been
formalized for ducks and doves. For these species, States select zone/
split configurations for 5-year periods. After each 5 year period,
States have the opportunity to change their configurations within the
provisions of the guidelines. The use of zones and split seasons for
other migratory game birds is handled on a case-by-case basis. Refer to
Chapter 2 of the FSEIS for a more in-depth description of zones and
splits.
Alternative 1: (no change, preferred alternative). Continue the
current use of zones and split seasons and the 5-year schedule for
consideration of changes for ducks and doves within established zones/
splits guidelines. Goose and crane zones may be adjusted annually.
Alternative 2: Allow annual adjustments to zone/split-season
configurations for all migratory game birds.
Decision: The Service has selected Alternative 1 as described in
the FSEIS for implementation. Alternative 1 is the most effective
alternative for addressing key issues identified during the planning
process and will best achieve the purposes and goals of the Service and
States. Implementation of the preferred alternative is targeted for the
[[Page 45389]]
2015-16 regulations cycle or as soon following as is technically
feasible.
Factors Considered in Making the Decision: In reaching this
decision, the Service reviewed and considered the following: Impacts
identified in Chapter 6 of the draft and FSEIS; relevant issues,
concerns, and opportunities presented by agencies, organizations, and
individuals throughout the planning process, including comments on the
draft and FSEIS; and other relevant factors, including statutory and
regulatory guidance.
The Service recognizes that the use of zones and split seasons
results in some additional harvest, but the incremental impacts of each
State's existing zone and split season configuration on the overall
harvest of ducks and doves are not anticipated to be significant at the
population level. However, most duck and dove populations are stable or
increasing, indicating that within the context of other framework
regulations, current zone and split season configurations are not
adversely impacting those populations. When reductions in harvest are
necessary, they are accomplished through framework regulations, taking
into account the effects of existing zone and split season
configurations. Thus, Alternative 1 is not expected to have any
measurable impacts on target duck and dove populations compared to
current practice. The use of zones and split seasons enables States to
better maximize hunting opportunity, thereby encouraging participation
in migratory bird hunting and resulting in increased benefits to local
economies. Alternative 1 would maintain those benefits at current
levels. Limiting the frequency of potential changes to the proposed 5-
year interval for zone/split-season configurations continues to be
somewhat less responsive to public desires for adjustments, but there
is no evidence that this has impacted hunter participation negatively.
States incur some costs associated with contacting their hunting
publics to assess their desires with regard to zone locations and dates
for split seasons, primarily through public meetings and surveys.
7. Subsistence-Harvest Regulatory Process
Regulations governing the subsistence harvest of migratory birds
provide a framework that enables the continuation of customary and
traditional subsistence uses of migratory birds in Alaska. These
regulations are subject to annual review and are developed under a co-
management process involving the Service, the Alaska Department of Fish
and Game, and Alaska Native representatives. This annual review process
establishes regulations that prescribe frameworks for dates when
harvesting of birds may occur, species that can be taken, and methods
and means that are excluded from use.
Alternative 1: (no change, preferred alternative). Allow a spring-
summer subsistence hunting season with regulations necessary to ensure
the long-term conservation of the migratory bird resource.
Under this alternative, the Service would allow a spring-summer
harvest of migratory birds. The harvest would, to the extent possible,
be consistent with the customary and traditional subsistence harvest of
migratory birds by Alaskan indigenous inhabitants, while providing for
the long-term sustained use of the migratory bird resource. Egg
gathering would be consistent with the customary and traditional
subsistence harvest of eggs by Alaskan indigenous inhabitants. Only
bird populations that are determined to be capable of supporting this
sustained use would be open to harvest.
In general, the Service will consider the following actions when
establishing subsistence hunting regulations consistent with the long-
term conservation of species open to subsistence harvest. The species
open to harvest will be determined annually based on conservation
status and a determination that harvest is consistent with long-term
conservation. The secondary consideration of the Service in
establishing subsistence harvest regulations will be to preserve the
customary and traditional practices of the rural residents of Alaska to
the maximum extent possible after ensuring the long-term conservation
of species harvested. The third consideration of the Service in
establishing subsistence harvest regulations will be to determine that
the proposed harvest is consistent with the Migratory Bird Treaty Act
(MBTA), as modified by amendments to the Protocols of Migratory Bird
Treaties with Canada and Mexico. A summary of the potential management
tools that could be employed to regulate subsistence harvest under
these actions is as follows:
(A) Closures to protect nesting birds. For all species, the Service
will require at least a 30 day closure to protect nesting birds. In-
season closures of a minimum of 30 days will be set for each region to
protect nesting birds. The closed period will apply every year;
however, the dates of the closures may be altered to adapt to changes
in the nesting cycle of birds. Regions may have different closures for
different taxonomic groups. Closures may be set in advance in
regulation or may be set in-season, based upon data collected by field
biologists and subsistence users. In the case of closures set in-
season, the dates will be announced by the U.S. Fish and Wildlife
Service Regional Director (or designee) and then broadcast widely.
(B) Species closures to all harvest. Seasons for certain species
may be closed when there is a conservation concern. Harvest will be
resumed when the species recovers to a status sufficient to ensure
sustainability.
(C) Species closures to egg-gathering. Species may be closed to
egg-gathering when there is a conservation concern. Egg harvest may be
resumed when the species recovers to a status sufficient to ensure
sustainability.
(D) Special area closure. A defined area may be closed to all
harvest of a species when there is a conservation concern. The closure
may be lifted when the species has recovered. A defined area also may
be closed to all harvest of a particular species when the species in
question has not been traditionally harvested or when the Regional
Council, which represents the land in question, recommends the closure.
(E) Early season closure. A season may be closed early for a
defined area to protect birds staging during migration when there is a
conservation concern or the birds are vulnerable to excessive harvest.
(F) Establishment of a community bag limit. A community or regional
bag limit may be implemented only in the case in which the affected
species would otherwise be closed to all harvest.
(G) Special opening for a specified area. Special openings (i.e.,
egg gathering) may be created to allow for the customary and
traditional use of a migratory bird species in areas that are not
otherwise eligible to participate in subsistence harvest seasons. Such
areas will be recommended by Regional Councils, and such
recommendations will be based on evidence of customary and traditional
subsistence harvest practices.
(H) Individual bag limits. Personal harvester bag limits may be
imposed in the case of a declining population of a species that would
otherwise be closed, or an increasing population that is closed to
harvest and would not otherwise be open. Personal bag limits will be
employed only after consultation with respective regional management
bodies affected through the Alaska Migratory Bird Co-management Council
(AMBCC) process described in Appendix 6 of the FEIS.
[[Page 45390]]
Alternative 2: Open a spring-summer subsistence hunting season that
incorporates fall-winter hunting season regulations (e.g., bag limits,
shooting hours).
Under this alternative, the Service would replace the current
spring-summer subsistence hunting season regulations with regulations
consistent with the fall harvest. Methods and means required for fall-
winter hunting would be adopted, daily bag limits for individual
hunters would be imposed, and fall regulations concerning exchange and
transport of birds and bird parts would apply. Egg gathering would, to
the extent possible, be consistent with the customary and traditional
subsistence harvest of eggs by Alaskan indigenous inhabitants.
The regulations at title 50 of the Code of Federal Regulations
(CFR), part 20, subpart C (Taking), apply in this alternative with the
exception of closed seasons (Sec. 20.22). 50 CFR 20, subpart D
(Possession), also applies with the exception of Sec. 20.32. The final
frameworks approved by the Secretary of the Interior for the Pacific
Flyway season would apply with the following exceptions: (1) Shooting
hours would not be specified; (2) the season would be from April 2
through August 31; and (3) the closed periods to protect nesting birds
described in Alternative 1 would apply.
Decision: The Service has selected Alternative 1 as described in
the FSEIS for implementation. Alternative 1 is the most effective
alternative for addressing key issues identified during the planning
process and will best achieve the purposes and goals of the Service and
States. Implementation of the preferred alternative is targeted for the
2015-16 regulations cycle or as soon following as is technically
feasible.
Factors Considered in Making the Decision: In reaching this
decision, the Service reviewed and considered the following: Impacts
identified in Chapter 6 of the draft and FSEIS; relevant issues,
concerns, and opportunities presented by agencies, organizations, and
individuals throughout the planning process, including comments on the
draft and FSEIS; and other relevant factors, including statutory and
regulatory guidance.
The preamble of the 1995 Protocol to the Migratory Bird Treaty
Amendment states, ``. . . it is not the intent of this Protocol to
cause significant increases in the take of species of migratory birds
relative to their continental population sizes.'' The use of household
surveys of subsistence harvest areas will enable tracking of
participation in subsistence harvest activities and the extent of the
take. Should the harvest significantly increase relative to continental
populations, then regulatory actions would be taken to keep harvest in
compliance with the 1995 Protocol.
Under Alternative 1, law enforcement efforts will be carried out
commensurate with threats to migratory bird populations to ensure that
compliance is achieved to maintain harvest at prescribed levels. The
subsistence economies of rural areas will continue to benefit from an
important food resource which is traditionally shared among members of
a community. In addition, this alternative promotes the establishment
of regulations recommended by the AMBCC which, along with the regional
management bodies, is the embodiment of the co-management process.
Greater compliance with regulations developed through the co-management
process is more likely than with Alternative 2. By being part of the
regulatory process, subsistence hunters, and those who share in the
harvest, will have a sense of ownership, leading to greater compliance.
An example of how this has worked in the past is the population
recovery of cackling Canada geese that nest on the Yukon-Kuskokwim
Delta, in Alaska. The institution of the Hooper Bay agreement in
advance of the Migratory Bird Treaty Amendment led to reduced
subsistence and reduced fall-winter harvests of cackling Canada geese
and helped the population recover from a low of about 25,000 birds to
the current population size of approximately 200,000. Participation in
the regulatory process also is anticipated to result in greater
participation in the harvest survey. Broader coverage of the survey
would lead to more accurate harvest data because it would include the
harvest of more of the subsistence hunter population.
Avoiding and Minimizing Environmental Harm
The above seven components of the annual regulatory process are
designed to continue and improve the long-standing Federal process for
establishing regulations for hunting migratory birds. These components
continue the process that has maintained this harvest consistent with
the long-term conservation of the species and populations that are
harvested. The preferred alternatives selected for these components
will reduce the administrative burden and thus reduce the carbon
footprint by both Federal and State government agencies by reducing the
number of meetings conducted annually to establish these regulations.
In addition, changing the timing of the meetings will now allow for a
greater opportunity for public input and consideration of the proposed
annual regulations. The changed process will also allow for periodic
modifications of the underlying regulatory packages at 5-year intervals
to better address potential changes in environmental conditions caused
by factors other than hunting (i.e., climate change). These changes are
possible due to improved technical understanding gained through decades
of monitoring and assessment of these biological systems. This process
will not alter the continued development and improvement of such
understanding of the biological systems, as monitoring and assessment
will continue on an annual basis.
Public Involvement
Scoping is the initial stage of the EIS process used to design the
extent and influence of an action. On September 8, 2005, the Service
published a notice of intent to prepare a SEIS on the hunting of
migratory birds under the authority of the MBTA (70 FR 53376). On March
9, 2006, the Service subsequently announced a total of 12 public
meetings to be held across the United States to accept public and
agency comment on the scope and relevant issues that should be
addressed in the SEIS (71 FR 12216). In addition to these public
meetings, the Service established a Web site to receive electronic
comments and solicited written comments. The Service also announced
that all comments received from the initiation of this process on
September 8, 2005 until May 30, 2006 would be considered in the
development of the SEIS. Subsequent to the conclusion of the scoping
process a draft FSEIS was developed based on the input received. The
draft FSEIS was released for public comment on June 7, 2010 and
comments were accepted until March 31, 2011. All comments on the draft
FSEIS were carefully considered in the preparation of the FSEIS and the
selection of the preferred alternatives for the seven regulatory
components considered.
Findings Required by Other Laws and Executive Orders
Please see the Other Required Determinations section of this
document.
For Further Information
Questions about the FSEIS may be directed to Robert Trost, Pacific
Flyway Representative, Division of Migratory Bird Management, Portland,
OR 97232; phone number (503) 231-6162, fax
[[Page 45391]]
number (503) 231-6228, and email: robert_trost@fws.gov.
Supporting References
U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service. 2010. Issuance of Annual Regulations
Permitting the hunting of Migratory Birds: Draft Supplemental
Environmental Impact Statement. U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service,
Washington, DC. 296 pages.
U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service. 2013. Issuance of Annual Regulations
Permitting the hunting of Migratory Birds: Final Supplemental
Environmental Impact Statement. U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service,
Washington, DC. 418 pages.
Note: This RoD and supporting references are available for
public review from the Pacific Flyway Representative, Division of
Migratory Bird Management at (503) 231-6162, or the Chief, Division
of Migratory Bird Management, at (703) 358-1714. Alternately, you
may write to: Pacific Flyway Representative, Division of Migratory
Bird Management, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, 911 NE 11th Avenue,
Portland, OR 97232.
Paperwork Reduction Act
This proposed rule does not contain any new information collection
requirement that require approval under the Paperwork Reduction Act of
1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501 et seq.). We may not conduct or sponsor and you
are not required to respond to a collection of information unless it
displays a currently valid OMB control number. OMB has reviewed and
approved the information collection requirements associated with
migratory bird surveys and assigned the following OMB control numbers:
1018-0010--Mourning Dove Call Count Survey (expires 4/30/
2015).
1018-001--North American Woodcock Singing Ground Survey
(expires 4/30/2015).
1018-0023--Migratory Bird Surveys (expires 4/30/2015).
Includes Migratory Bird Harvest Information Program, Migratory Bird
Hunter Surveys, Sandhill Crane Survey, and Parts Collection Survey.
Other Required Determinations
Based on our most current data, we are affirming our required
determinations made in earlier proposed rules; for descriptions of our
actions to ensure compliance with the following statutes and Executive
Orders, see our April 9, and June 14, 2013, proposed rules (78 FR 21200
and 78 FR 35844):
Regulatory Planning and Review (Executive Orders 12866 and
13563);
Endangered Species Act;
Regulatory Flexibility Act;
Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act;
Unfunded Mandates Reform Act;
Executive Orders 12630, 12988, 13175, 13132, and 13211.
List of Subjects in 50 CFR Part 20
Exports, Hunting, Imports, Reporting and recordkeeping
requirements, Transportation, Wildlife.
The rules that eventually will be promulgated for the 2013-14
hunting season are authorized under 16 U.S.C. 703-712 and 16 U.S.C. 742
a-j.
Dated: July 18, 2013.
Rachel Jacobson,
Principal Deputy Assistant Secretary for Fish and Wildlife and Parks.
Proposed Regulations Frameworks for 2013-14 Early Hunting Seasons on
Certain Migratory Game Birds
Pursuant to the Migratory Bird Treaty Act and delegated
authorities, the Department of the Interior approved the following
proposed frameworks, which prescribe season lengths, bag limits,
shooting hours, and outside dates within which States may select
hunting seasons for certain migratory game birds between September 1,
2013, and March 10, 2014. These frameworks are summarized below.
General
Dates: All outside dates noted below are inclusive.
Shooting and Hawking (taking by falconry) Hours: Unless otherwise
specified, from one-half hour before sunrise to sunset daily.
Possession Limits: Unless otherwise specified, possession limits
are three times the daily bag limit.
Permits: For some species of migratory birds, the Service
authorizes the use of permits to regulate harvest or monitor their take
by sport hunters, or both. In many cases (e.g., tundra swans, some
sandhill crane populations), the Service determines the amount of
harvest that may be taken during hunting seasons during its formal
regulations-setting process, and the States then issue permits to
hunters at levels predicted to result in the amount of take authorized
by the Service. Thus, although issued by States, the permits would not
be valid unless the Service approved such take in its regulations.
These Federally authorized, State-issued permits are issued to
individuals, and only the individual whose name and address appears on
the permit at the time of issuance is authorized to take migratory
birds at levels specified in the permit, in accordance with provisions
of both Federal and State regulations governing the hunting season. The
permit must be carried by the permittee when exercising its provisions
and must be presented to any law enforcement officer upon request. The
permit is not transferrable or assignable to another individual, and
may not be sold, bartered, traded, or otherwise provided to another
person. If the permit is altered or defaced in any way, the permit
becomes invalid.
Flyways and Management Units
Waterfowl Flyways
Atlantic Flyway--includes Connecticut, Delaware, Florida, Georgia,
Maine, Maryland, Massachusetts, New Hampshire, New Jersey, New York,
North Carolina, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, South Carolina, Vermont,
Virginia, and West Virginia.
Mississippi Flyway--includes Alabama, Arkansas, Illinois, Indiana,
Iowa, Kentucky, Louisiana, Michigan, Minnesota, Mississippi, Missouri,
Ohio, Tennessee, and Wisconsin.
Central Flyway--includes Colorado (east of the Continental Divide),
Kansas, Montana (Counties of Blaine, Carbon, Fergus, Judith Basin,
Stillwater, Sweetgrass, Wheatland, and all counties east thereof),
Nebraska, New Mexico (east of the Continental Divide except the
Jicarilla Apache Indian Reservation), North Dakota, Oklahoma, South
Dakota, Texas, and Wyoming (east of the Continental Divide).
Pacific Flyway--includes Alaska, Arizona, California, Idaho,
Nevada, Oregon, Utah, Washington, and those portions of Colorado,
Montana, New Mexico, and Wyoming not included in the Central Flyway.
Management Units
Mourning Dove Management Units
Eastern Management Unit--All States east of the Mississippi River,
and Louisiana.
Central Management Unit--Arkansas, Colorado, Iowa, Kansas,
Minnesota, Missouri, Montana, Nebraska, New Mexico, North Dakota,
Oklahoma, South Dakota, Texas, and Wyoming.
Western Management Unit--Arizona, California, Idaho, Nevada,
Oregon, Utah, and Washington.
Woodcock Management Regions
Eastern Management Region--Connecticut, Delaware, Florida, Georgia,
Maine, Maryland, Massachusetts, New Hampshire, New Jersey, New York,
North Carolina, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, South Carolina, Vermont,
Virginia, and West Virginia.
Central Management Region--Alabama, Arkansas, Illinois, Indiana,
Iowa, Kansas, Kentucky, Louisiana,
[[Page 45392]]
Michigan, Minnesota, Mississippi, Missouri, Nebraska, North Dakota,
Ohio, Oklahoma, South Dakota, Tennessee, Texas, and Wisconsin.
Other geographic descriptions are contained in a later portion of
this document.
Definitions
Dark geese: Canada geese, white-fronted geese, brant (except in
Alaska, California, Oregon, Washington, and the Atlantic Flyway), and
all other goose species, except light geese.
Light geese: Snow (including blue) geese and Ross's geese.
Waterfowl Seasons in the Atlantic Flyway
In the Atlantic Flyway States of Connecticut, Delaware, Maine,
Maryland, Massachusetts, New Jersey, North Carolina, Pennsylvania, and
Virginia, where Sunday hunting is prohibited Statewide by State law,
all Sundays are closed to all take of migratory waterfowl (including
mergansers and coots).
Special September Teal Season
Outside Dates: Between September 1 and September 30, an open season
on all species of teal may be selected by the following States in areas
delineated by State regulations:
Atlantic Flyway--Delaware, Florida, Georgia, Maryland, North
Carolina, South Carolina, and Virginia.
Mississippi Flyway--Alabama, Arkansas, Illinois, Indiana, Kentucky,
Louisiana, Mississippi, Missouri, Ohio, and Tennessee.
Central Flyway--Colorado (part), Kansas, Nebraska (part), New
Mexico (part), Oklahoma, and Texas.
Hunting Seasons and Daily Bag Limits: Not to exceed 16 consecutive
hunting days in the Atlantic, Mississippi, and Central Flyways. The
daily bag limit is 6 teal.
Shooting Hours:
Atlantic Flyway--One-half hour before sunrise to sunset.
Mississippi and Central Flyways--One-half hour before sunrise to
sunset, except in the States of Arkansas, Illinois, Indiana, Missouri,
and Ohio, where the hours are from sunrise to sunset.
Special September Duck Seasons
Florida, Kentucky and Tennessee: In lieu of a special September
teal season, a 5-consecutive-day season may be selected in September.
The daily bag limit may not exceed 4 teal and wood ducks in the
aggregate, of which no more than 2 may be wood ducks.
Iowa: Iowa may hold up to 5 days of its regular duck hunting season
in September. All ducks that are legal during the regular duck season
may be taken during the September segment of the season. The September
season segment may commence no earlier than the Saturday nearest
September 20 (September 21). The daily bag and possession limits will
be the same as those in effect last year but are subject to change
during the late-season regulations process. The remainder of the
regular duck season may not begin before October 10.
Special Youth Waterfowl Hunting Days
Outside Dates: States may select 2 days per duck-hunting zone,
designated as ``Youth Waterfowl Hunting Days,'' in addition to their
regular duck seasons. The days must be held outside any regular duck
season on a weekend, holidays, or other non-school days when youth
hunters would have the maximum opportunity to participate. The days may
be held up to 14 days before or after any regular duck-season
frameworks or within any split of a regular duck season, or within any
other open season on migratory birds.
Daily Bag Limits: The daily bag limits may include ducks, geese,
mergansers, coots, and gallinules and will be the same as those allowed
in the regular season. Flyway species and area restrictions will remain
in effect.
Shooting Hours: One-half hour before sunrise to sunset.
Participation Restrictions: Youth hunters must be 15 years of age
or younger. In addition, an adult at least 18 years of age must
accompany the youth hunter into the field. This adult may not duck hunt
but may participate in other seasons that are open on the special youth
day.
Scoters, Eiders, and Long-Tailed Ducks (Atlantic Flyway)
Outside Dates: Between September 15 and January 31.
Hunting Seasons and Daily Bag Limits: Not to exceed 107 days, with
a daily bag limit of 7, singly or in the aggregate, of the listed sea
duck species, of which no more than 4 may be scoters.
Daily Bag Limits During the Regular Duck Season: Within the special
sea duck areas, during the regular duck season in the Atlantic Flyway,
States may choose to allow the above sea duck limits in addition to the
limits applying to other ducks during the regular duck season. In all
other areas, sea ducks may be taken only during the regular open season
for ducks and are part of the regular duck season daily bag (not to
exceed 4 scoters) and possession limits.
Areas: In all coastal waters and all waters of rivers and streams
seaward from the first upstream bridge in Maine, New Hampshire,
Massachusetts, Rhode Island, Connecticut, and New York; in any waters
of the Atlantic Ocean and in any tidal waters of any bay which are
separated by at least 1 mile of open water from any shore, island, and
emergent vegetation in New Jersey, South Carolina, and Georgia; and in
any waters of the Atlantic Ocean and in any tidal waters of any bay
which are separated by at least 800 yards of open water from any shore,
island, and emergent vegetation in Delaware, Maryland, North Carolina,
and Virginia; and provided that any such areas have been described,
delineated, and designated as special sea duck hunting areas under the
hunting regulations adopted by the respective States.
Special Early Canada Goose Seasons
Atlantic Flyway
General Seasons
A Canada goose season of up to 15 days during September 1-15 may be
selected for the Eastern Unit of Maryland. Seasons not to exceed 30
days during September 1-30 may be selected for Connecticut, Florida,
Georgia, New Jersey, New York (Long Island Zone only), North Carolina,
Rhode Island, and South Carolina. Seasons may not exceed 25 days during
September 1-25 in the remainder of the Flyway. Areas open to the
hunting of Canada geese must be described, delineated, and designated
as such in each State's hunting regulations.
Daily Bag Limits: Not to exceed 15 Canada geese.
Shooting Hours: One-half hour before sunrise to sunset, except that
during any general season, shooting hours may extend to one-half hour
after sunset if all other waterfowl seasons are closed in the specific
applicable area.
Mississippi Flyway
General Seasons
Canada goose seasons of up to 15 days during September 1-15 may be
selected, except in the Upper Peninsula in Michigan, where the season
may not extend beyond September 10, and in Minnesota, where a season of
up to 22 days during September 1-22 may be selected. The daily bag
limit may not exceed 5 Canada geese, except in designated areas of
Minnesota where the daily bag limit may not exceed 10 Canada geese.
Areas open to the hunting of Canada geese must be described,
delineated, and designated as such in each State's hunting regulations.
A Canada goose season of up to 10 consecutive days during September
1-
[[Page 45393]]
10 may be selected by Michigan for Huron, Saginaw, and Tuscola
Counties, except that the Shiawassee National Wildlife Refuge,
Shiawassee River State Game Area Refuge, and the Fish Point Wildlife
Area Refuge will remain closed. The daily bag limit may not exceed 5
Canada geese.
Shooting Hours: One-half hour before sunrise to sunset, except that
during September 1-15 shooting hours may extend to one-half hour after
sunset if all other waterfowl seasons are closed in the specific
applicable area.
Central Flyway
General Seasons
In Kansas, Nebraska, Oklahoma, South Dakota, and Texas, Canada
goose seasons of up to 30 days during September 1-30 may be selected.
In Colorado, New Mexico, North Dakota, Montana, and Wyoming, Canada
goose seasons of up to 15 days during September 1-15 may be selected.
The daily bag limit may not exceed 5 Canada geese, except in Kansas,
Nebraska, and Oklahoma, where the daily bag limit may not exceed 8
Canada geese and in North Dakota and South Dakota, where the daily bag
limit may not exceed 15 Canada geese. Areas open to the hunting of
Canada geese must be described, delineated, and designated as such in
each State's hunting regulations.
Shooting Hours: One-half hour before sunrise to sunset, except that
during September 1-15 shooting hours may extend to one-half hour after
sunset if all other waterfowl seasons are closed in the specific
applicable area.
Pacific Flyway
General Seasons
California may select a 9-day season in Humboldt County during the
period September 1-15. The daily bag limit is 2.
Colorado may select a 9-day season during the period of September
1-15. The daily bag limit is 4.
Oregon may select a special Canada goose season of up to 15 days
during the period September 1-15. In addition, in the NW Goose
Management Zone in Oregon, a 15-day season may be selected during the
period September 1-20. Daily bag limits may not exceed 5 Canada geese.
Idaho may select a 7-day season during the period September 1-15.
The daily bag limit is 2.
Washington may select a special Canada goose season of up to 15
days during the period September 1-15. Daily bag limits may not exceed
5 Canada geese.
Wyoming may select an 8-day season on Canada geese during the
period September 1-15. This season is subject to the following
conditions:
A. Where applicable, the season must be concurrent with the
September portion of the sandhill crane season.
B. A daily bag limit of 3, with season and possession limits of 9,
will apply to the special season.
Areas open to hunting of Canada geese in each State must be
described, delineated, and designated as such in each State's hunting
regulations.
Regular Goose Seasons
Regular goose seasons may open as early as September 11 in the
Upper Peninsula of Michigan and September 16 in Wisconsin and the Lower
Peninsula of Michigan. Season lengths, bag and possession limits, and
other provisions will be established during the late-season regulations
process.
Sandhill Cranes
Regular Seasons in the Mississippi Flyway
Outside Dates: Between September 1 and February 28.
Hunting Seasons: A season not to exceed 37 consecutive days may be
selected in the designated portion of northwestern Minnesota (Northwest
Goose Zone).
Daily Bag Limit: 2 sandhill cranes.
Permits: Each person participating in the regular sandhill crane
season must have a valid Federal or State sandhill crane hunting
permit.
Experimental Seasons in the Mississippi Flyway
Outside Dates: Between September 1 and January 31.
Hunting Seasons: A season not to exceed 30 consecutive days may be
selected in Kentucky and a season not to exceed 60 consecutive days may
be selected in Tennessee.
Daily Bag Limit: Not to exceed 2 daily and 2 per season in
Kentucky. Not to exceed 3 daily and 3 per season in Tennessee.
Permits: Each person participating in the regular sandhill crane
season must have a valid Federal or State sandhill crane hunting
permit.
Other Provisions: Numbers of permits, open areas, season dates,
protection plans for other species, and other provisions of seasons
must be consistent with the management plan and approved by the
Mississippi Flyway Council.
Regular Seasons in the Central Flyway
Outside Dates: Between September 1 and February 28.
Hunting Seasons: Seasons not to exceed 37 consecutive days may be
selected in designated portions of Texas (Area 2). Seasons not to
exceed 58 consecutive days may be selected in designated portions of
the following States: Colorado, Kansas, Montana, North Dakota, South
Dakota, and Wyoming. Seasons not to exceed 93 consecutive days may be
selected in designated portions of the following States: New Mexico,
Oklahoma, and Texas.
Daily Bag Limits: 3 sandhill cranes, except 2 sandhill cranes in
designated portions of North Dakota (Area 2) and Texas (Area 2).
Permits: Each person participating in the regular sandhill crane
season must have a valid Federal or State sandhill crane hunting
permit.
Special Seasons in the Central and Pacific Flyways
Arizona, Colorado, Idaho, Montana, New Mexico, Utah, and Wyoming
may select seasons for hunting sandhill cranes within the range of the
Rocky Mountain Population (RMP) subject to the following conditions:
Outside Dates: Between September 1 and January 31.
Hunting Seasons: The season in any State or zone may not exceed 30
consecutive days.
Bag limits: Not to exceed 3 daily and 9 per season.
Permits: Participants must have a valid permit, issued by the
appropriate State, in their possession while hunting.
Other Provisions: Numbers of permits, open areas, season dates,
protection plans for other species, and other provisions of seasons
must be consistent with the management plan and approved by the Central
and Pacific Flyway Councils, with the following exceptions:
A. In Utah, 100 percent of the harvest will be assigned to the RMP
quota;
B. In Arizona, monitoring the racial composition of the harvest
must be conducted at 3-year intervals;
C. In Idaho, 100 percent of the harvest will be assigned to the RMP
quota; and
D. In New Mexico, the season in the Estancia Valley is
experimental, with a requirement to monitor the level and racial
composition of the harvest; greater sandhill cranes in the harvest will
be assigned to the RMP quota.
Special Seasons in the Pacific Flyway
Arizona may select a season for hunting sandhill cranes within the
range of the Lower Colorado River Population (LCR) of sandhill cranes,
subject to the following conditions:
Outside Dates: Between January 1 and January 31.
[[Page 45394]]
Hunting Seasons: The season may not exceed 3 days.
Bag limits: Not to exceed 1 daily and 1 per season.
Permits: Participants must have a valid permit, issued by the
appropriate State, in their possession while hunting.
Other provisions: The season is experimental. Numbers of permits,
open areas, season dates, protection plans for other species, and other
provisions of seasons must be consistent with the management plan and
approved by the Pacific Flyway Council.
Common Moorhens and Purple Gallinules
Outside Dates: Between September 1 and the last Sunday in January
(January 26) in the Atlantic, Mississippi, and Central Flyways. States
in the Pacific Flyway have been allowed to select their hunting seasons
between the outside dates for the season on ducks; therefore, they are
late-season frameworks, and no frameworks are provided in this
document.
Hunting Seasons and Daily Bag Limits: Seasons may not exceed 70
days in the Atlantic, Mississippi, and Central Flyways. Seasons may be
split into 2 segments. The daily bag limit is 15 common moorhens and
purple gallinules, singly or in the aggregate of the two species.
Zoning: Seasons may be selected by zones established for duck
hunting.
Rails
Outside Dates: States included herein may select seasons between
September 1 and the last Sunday in January (January 26) on clapper,
king, sora, and Virginia rails.
Hunting Seasons: Seasons may not exceed 70 days, and may be split
into 2 segments.
Daily Bag Limits:
Clapper and King Rails--In Rhode Island, Connecticut, New Jersey,
Delaware, and Maryland, 10, singly or in the aggregate of the two
species. In Texas, Louisiana, Mississippi, Alabama, Georgia, Florida,
South Carolina, North Carolina, and Virginia, 15, singly or in the
aggregate of the two species.
Sora and Virginia Rails--In the Atlantic, Mississippi, and Central
Flyways and the Pacific Flyway portions of Colorado, Montana, New
Mexico, and Wyoming, 25 rails, singly or in the aggregate of the two
species. The season is closed in the remainder of the Pacific Flyway.
Common Snipe
Outside Dates: Between September 1 and February 28, except in
Maine, Vermont, New Hampshire, Massachusetts, Rhode Island,
Connecticut, New York, New Jersey, Delaware, Maryland, and Virginia,
where the season must end no later than January 31.
Hunting Seasons and Daily Bag Limits: Seasons may not exceed 107
days and may be split into two segments. The daily bag limit is 8
snipe.
Zoning: Seasons may be selected by zones established for duck
hunting.
American Woodcock
Outside Dates: States in the Eastern Management Region may select
hunting seasons between October 1 and January 31. States in the Central
Management Region may select hunting seasons between the Saturday
nearest September 22 (September 21) and January 31.
Hunting Seasons and Daily Bag Limits: Seasons may not exceed 45
days in the Eastern Region and 45 days in the Central Region. The daily
bag limit is 3. Seasons may be split into two segments.
Zoning: New Jersey may select seasons in each of two zones. The
season in each zone may not exceed 36 days.
Band-Tailed Pigeons
Pacific Coast States (California, Oregon, Washington, and Nevada)
Outside Dates: Between September 15 and January 1.
Hunting Seasons and Daily Bag Limits: Not more than 9 consecutive
days, with a daily bag limit of 2 band-tailed pigeons.
Zoning: California may select hunting seasons not to exceed 9
consecutive days in each of two zones. The season in the North Zone
must close by October 3.
Four-Corners States (Arizona, Colorado, New Mexico, and Utah)
Outside Dates: Between September 1 and November 30.
Hunting Seasons and Daily Bag Limits: Not more than 30 consecutive
days, with a daily bag limit of 5 band-tailed pigeons.
Zoning: New Mexico may select hunting seasons not to exceed 20
consecutive days in each of two zones. The season in the South Zone may
not open until October 1.
Doves
Outside Dates: Between September 1 and January 15, except as
otherwise provided, States may select hunting seasons and daily bag
limits as follows:
Eastern Management Unit
Hunting Seasons and Daily Bag Limits: Not more than 70 days, with a
daily bag limit of 15 mourning and white-winged doves in the aggregate.
Zoning and Split Seasons: States may select hunting seasons in each
of two zones. The season within each zone may be split into not more
than three periods. Regulations for bag and possession limits, season
length, and shooting hours must be uniform within specific hunting
zones.
Central Management Unit
For all States except Texas:
Hunting Seasons and Daily Bag Limits: Not more than 70 days, with a
daily bag limit of 15 mourning and white-winged doves in the aggregate.
Zoning and Split Seasons: States may select hunting seasons in each
of two zones. The season within each zone may be split into not more
than three periods.
Texas:
Hunting Seasons and Daily Bag Limits: Not more than 70 days, with a
daily bag limit of 15 mourning, white-winged, and white-tipped doves in
the aggregate, of which no more than 2 may be white-tipped doves.
Zoning and Split Seasons: Texas may select hunting seasons for each
of three zones subject to the following conditions:
A. The hunting season may be split into not more than two periods,
except in that portion of Texas in which the special white-winged dove
season is allowed, where a limited take of mourning and white-tipped
doves may also occur during that special season (see Special White-
winged Dove Area).
B. A season may be selected for the North and Central Zones between
September 1 and January 25; and for the South Zone between the Friday
nearest September 20 (September 20), but not earlier than September 17,
and January 25.
C. Except as noted above, regulations for bag and possession
limits, season length, and shooting hours must be uniform within each
hunting zone.
Special White-winged Dove Area in Texas:
In addition, Texas may select a hunting season of not more than 4
days for the Special White-winged Dove Area of the South Zone between
September 1 and September 19. The daily bag limit may not exceed 15
white-winged, mourning, and white-tipped doves in the aggregate, of
which no more than 2 may be mourning doves and no more than 2 may be
white-tipped doves.
Western Management Unit
Hunting Seasons and Daily Bag Limits:
Idaho, Nevada, Oregon, Utah, and Washington--Not more than 30
[[Page 45395]]
consecutive days, with a daily bag limit of 10 mourning and white-
winged doves in the aggregate.
Arizona and California--Not more than 60 days, which may be split
between two periods, September 1-15 and November 1-January 15. In
Arizona, during the first segment of the season, the daily bag limit is
10 mourning and white-winged doves in the aggregate. During the
remainder of the season, the daily bag limit is 10 mourning doves. In
California, the daily bag limit is 10 mourning and white-winged doves
in the aggregate.
Alaska
Outside Dates: Between September 1 and January 26.
Hunting Seasons: Alaska may select 107 consecutive days for
waterfowl, sandhill cranes, and common snipe in each of 5 zones. The
season may be split without penalty in the Kodiak Zone. The seasons in
each zone must be concurrent.
Closures: The hunting season is closed on emperor geese, spectacled
eiders, and Steller's eiders.
Daily Bag and Possession Limits:
Ducks--Except as noted, a basic daily bag limit of 7 ducks. Daily
bag limits in the North Zone are 10, and in the Gulf Coast Zone, they
are 8. The basic limits may include no more than 1 canvasback daily and
may not include sea ducks.
In addition to the basic duck limits, Alaska may select sea duck
limits of 10 daily, singly or in the aggregate, including no more than
6 each of either harlequin or long-tailed ducks. Sea ducks include
scoters, common and king eiders, harlequin ducks, long-tailed ducks,
and common and red-breasted mergansers.
Light Geese--A basic daily bag limit of 4.
Dark Geese--A basic daily bag limit of 4.
Dark-goose seasons are subject to the following exceptions:
A. In Units 5 and 6, the taking of Canada geese is permitted from
September 28 through December 16.
B. On Middleton Island in Unit 6, a special, permit-only Canada
goose season may be offered. A mandatory goose identification class is
required. Hunters must check in and check out. The bag limit is 1 daily
and 1 in possession. The season will close if incidental harvest
includes 5 dusky Canada geese. A dusky Canada goose is any dark-
breasted Canada goose (Munsell 10 YR color value five or less) with a
bill length between 40 and 50 millimeters.
C. In Units 6-B, 6-C, and on Hinchinbrook and Hawkins Islands in
Unit 6-D, a special, permit-only Canada goose season may be offered.
Hunters must have all harvested geese checked and classified to
subspecies. The daily bag limit is 4 daily. The Canada goose season
will close in all of the permit areas if the total dusky goose (as
defined above) harvest reaches 40.
D. In Units 9, 10, 17, and 18, dark goose limits are 6 per day.
Brant--A daily bag limit of 2.
Common snipe--A daily bag limit of 8.
Sandhill cranes--Bag limit of 2 in the Southeast, Gulf Coast,
Kodiak, and Aleutian Zones, and Unit 17 in the Northern Zone. In the
remainder of the Northern Zone (outside Unit 17), bag limit of 3.
Tundra Swans--Open seasons for tundra swans may be selected subject
to the following conditions:
A. All seasons are by registration permit only.
B. All season framework dates are September 1-October 31.
C. In Game Management Unit (GMU) 17, no more than 200 permits may
be issued during this operational season. No more than 3 tundra swans
may be authorized per permit, with no more than 1 permit issued per
hunter per season.
D. In Game Management Unit (GMU) 18, no more than 500 permits may
be issued during the operational season. Up to 3 tundra swans may be
authorized per permit. No more than 1 permit may be issued per hunter
per season.
E. In GMU 22, no more than 300 permits may be issued during the
operational season. Each permittee may be authorized to take up to 3
tundra swans per permit. No more than 1 permit may be issued per hunter
per season.
F. In GMU 23, no more than 300 permits may be issued during the
operational season. No more than 3 tundra swans may be authorized per
permit, with no more than 1 permit issued per hunter per season.
Hawaii
Outside Dates: Between October 1 and January 31.
Hunting Seasons: Not more than 65 days (75 under the alternative)
for mourning doves.
Bag Limits: Not to exceed 15 (12 under the alternative) mourning
doves.
Note: Mourning doves may be taken in Hawaii in accordance with
shooting hours and other regulations set by the State of Hawaii, and
subject to the applicable provisions of 50 CFR part 20.
Puerto Rico
Doves and Pigeons
Outside Dates: Between September 1 and January 15.
Hunting Seasons: Not more than 60 days.
Daily Bag and Possession Limits: Not to exceed 20 Zenaida,
mourning, and white-winged doves in the aggregate, of which not more
than 10 may be Zenaida doves and 3 may be mourning doves. Not to exceed
5 scaly-naped pigeons.
Closed Seasons: The season is closed on the white-crowned pigeon
and the plain pigeon, which are protected by the Commonwealth of Puerto
Rico.
Closed Areas: There is no open season on doves or pigeons in the
following areas: Municipality of Culebra, Desecheo Island, Mona Island,
El Verde Closure Area, and Cidra Municipality and adjacent areas.
Ducks, Coots, Moorhens, Gallinules, and Snipe
Outside Dates: Between October 1 and January 31.
Hunting Seasons: Not more than 55 days may be selected for hunting
ducks, common moorhens, and common snipe. The season may be split into
two segments.
Daily Bag Limits:
Ducks--Not to exceed 6.
Common moorhens--Not to exceed 6.
Common snipe--Not to exceed 8.
Closed Seasons: The season is closed on the ruddy duck, white-
cheeked pintail, West Indian whistling duck, fulvous whistling duck,
and masked duck, which are protected by the Commonwealth of Puerto
Rico. The season also is closed on the purple gallinule, American coot,
and Caribbean coot.
Closed Areas: There is no open season on ducks, common moorhens,
and common snipe in the Municipality of Culebra and on Desecheo Island.
Virgin Islands
Doves and Pigeons
Outside Dates: Between September 1 and January 15.
Hunting Seasons: Not more than 60 days for Zenaida doves.
Daily Bag and Possession Limits: Not to exceed 10 Zenaida doves.
Closed Seasons: No open season is prescribed for ground or quail
doves or pigeons.
Closed Areas: There is no open season for migratory game birds on
Ruth Cay (just south of St. Croix).
Local Names for Certain Birds: Zenaida dove, also known as mountain
dove; bridled quail-dove, also known as
[[Page 45396]]
Barbary dove or partridge; common ground-dove, also known as stone
dove, tobacco dove, rola, or tortolita; scaly-naped pigeon, also known
as red-necked or scaled pigeon.
Ducks
Outside Dates: Between December 1 and January 31.
Hunting Seasons: Not more than 55 consecutive days.
Daily Bag Limits: Not to exceed 6.
Closed Seasons: The season is closed on the ruddy duck, white-
cheeked pintail, West Indian whistling duck, fulvous whistling duck,
and masked duck.
Special Falconry Regulations
Falconry is a permitted means of taking migratory game birds in any
State meeting Federal falconry standards in 50 CFR 21.29. These States
may select an extended season for taking migratory game birds in
accordance with the following:
Extended Seasons: For all hunting methods combined, the combined
length of the extended season, regular season, and any special or
experimental seasons must not exceed 107 days for any species or group
of species in a geographical area. Each extended season may be divided
into a maximum of 3 segments.
Framework Dates: Seasons must fall between September 1 and March
10.
Daily Bag Limits: Falconry daily bag limits for all permitted
migratory game birds must not exceed 3 birds, singly or in the
aggregate, during extended falconry seasons, any special or
experimental seasons, and regular hunting seasons in all States,
including those that do not select an extended falconry season.
Regular Seasons: General hunting regulations, including seasons and
hunting hours, apply to falconry in each State listed in 50 CFR 21.29.
Regular season bag limits do not apply to falconry. The falconry bag
limit is not in addition to gun limits.
Area, Unit, and Zone Descriptions
Doves
Alabama
South Zone--Baldwin, Barbour, Coffee, Covington, Dale, Escambia,
Geneva, Henry, Houston, and Mobile Counties.
North Zone--Remainder of the State.
California
White-winged Dove Open Areas--Imperial, Riverside, and San
Bernardino Counties.
Florida
Northwest Zone--The Counties of Bay, Calhoun, Escambia, Franklin,
Gadsden, Gulf, Holmes, Jackson, Liberty, Okaloosa, Santa Rosa, Walton,
Washington, Leon (except that portion north of U.S. 27 and east of
State Road 155), Jefferson (south of U.S. 27, west of State Road 59 and
north of U.S. 98), and Wakulla (except that portion south of U.S. 98
and east of the St. Marks River).
South Zone--Remainder of State.
Louisiana
North Zone--That portion of the State north of a line extending
east from the Texas border along State Highway 12 to U.S. Highway 190,
east along U.S. 190 to Interstate Highway 12, east along Interstate 12
to Interstate Highway 10, then east along Interstate Highway 10 to the
Mississippi border.
South Zone--The remainder of the State.
Mississippi
North Zone--That portion of the State north and west of a line
extending west from the Alabama State line along U.S. Highway 84 to its
junction with State Highway 35, then south along State Highway 35 to
the Louisiana State line.
South Zone--The remainder of Mississippi.
Texas
North Zone--That portion of the State north of a line beginning at
the International Bridge south of Fort Hancock; north along FM 1088 to
TX 20; west along TX 20 to TX 148; north along TX 148 to I-10 at Fort
Hancock; east along I-10 to I-20; northeast along I-20 to I-30 at Fort
Worth; northeast along I-30 to the Texas-Arkansas State line.
South Zone--That portion of the State south and west of a line
beginning at the International Bridge south of Del Rio, proceeding east
on U.S. 90 to State Loop 1604 west of San Antonio; then south, east,
and north along Loop 1604 to Interstate Highway 10 east of San Antonio;
then east on I-10 to Orange, Texas.
Special White-winged Dove Area in the South Zone--That portion of
the state south and west of a line beginning at the International Toll
Bridge in Del Rio; then northeast along U.S. Highway 277 Spur to
Highway 90 in Del Rio; thence east along U.S. Highway 90 to State Loop
1604; thence along Loop 1604 south and east to Interstate Highway 37;
thence south along Interstate Highway 37 to U.S. Highway 181 in Corpus
Christi; thence north and east along U.S. 181 to the Corpus Christi
Ship Channel, thence eastwards along the south shore of the Corpus
Christi Ship Channel to the Gulf of Mexico.
Central Zone--That portion of the State lying between the North and
South Zones.
Band-Tailed Pigeons
California
North Zone--Alpine, Butte, Del Norte, Glenn, Humboldt, Lassen,
Mendocino, Modoc, Plumas, Shasta, Sierra, Siskiyou, Tehama, and Trinity
Counties.
South Zone--The remainder of the State.
New Mexico
North Zone--North of a line following U.S. 60 from the Arizona
State line east to I-25 at Socorro and then south along I-25 from
Socorro to the Texas State line.
South Zone--The remainder of the State.
Washington
Western Washington--The State of Washington excluding those
portions lying east of the Pacific Crest Trail and east of the Big
White Salmon River in Klickitat County.
Woodcock
New Jersey
North Zone--That portion of the State north of NJ 70.
South Zone--The remainder of the State.
Special September Canada Goose Seasons
Atlantic Flyway
Connecticut
North Zone--That portion of the State north of I-95.
South Zone--The remainder of the State.
Maryland
Eastern Unit--Calvert, Caroline, Cecil, Dorchester, Harford, Kent,
Queen Anne's, St. Mary's, Somerset, Talbot, Wicomico, and Worcester
Counties; and that part of Anne Arundel County east of Interstate 895,
Interstate 97 and Route 3; that part of Prince George's County east of
Route 3 and Route 301; and that part of Charles County east of Route
301 to the Virginia State line.
Western Unit--Allegany, Baltimore, Carroll, Frederick, Garrett,
Howard, Montgomery, and Washington Counties and that part of Anne
Arundel County west of Interstate 895, Interstate 97 and Route 3; that
part of Prince George's County west of Route 3 and Route 301; and that
part of Charles County west of Route 301 to the Virginia State line.
[[Page 45397]]
Massachusetts
Western Zone--That portion of the State west of a line extending
south from the Vermont border on I-91 to MA 9, west on MA 9 to MA 10,
south on MA 10 to U.S. 202, south on U.S. 202 to the Connecticut
border.
Central Zone--That portion of the State east of the Berkshire Zone
and west of a line extending south from the New Hampshire border on I-
95 to U.S. 1, south on U.S. 1 to I-93, south on I-93 to MA 3, south on
MA 3 to U.S. 6, west on U.S. 6 to MA 28, west on MA 28 to I-195, west
to the Rhode Island border; except the waters, and the lands 150 yards
inland from the high-water mark, of the Assonet River upstream to the
MA 24 bridge, and the Taunton River upstream to the Center St.-Elm St.
bridge will be in the Coastal Zone.
Coastal Zone--That portion of Massachusetts east and south of the
Central Zone.
New York
Lake Champlain Zone--The U.S. portion of Lake Champlain and that
area east and north of a line extending along NY 9B from the Canadian
border to U.S. 9, south along U.S. 9 to NY 22 south of Keesville; south
along NY 22 to the west shore of South Bay, along and around the
shoreline of South Bay to NY 22 on the east shore of South Bay;
southeast along NY 22 to U.S. 4, northeast along U.S. 4 to the Vermont
border.
Eastern Long Island Goose Area (North Atlantic Population (NAP)
High Harvest Area)--That area of Suffolk County lying east of a
continuous line extending due south from the New York-Connecticut
boundary to the northernmost end of Roanoke Avenue in the Town of
Riverhead; then south on Roanoke Avenue (which becomes County Route 73)
to State Route 25; then west on Route 25 to Peconic Avenue; then south
on Peconic Avenue to County Route (CR) 104 (Riverleigh Avenue); then
south on CR 104 to CR 31 (Old Riverhead Road); then south on CR 31 to
Oak Street; then south on Oak Street to Potunk Lane; then west on
Stevens Lane; then south on Jessup Avenue (in Westhampton Beach) to
Dune Road (CR 89); then due south to international waters.
Western Long Island Goose Area (Resident Population (RP) Area)--
That area of Westchester County and its tidal waters southeast of
Interstate Route 95 and that area of Nassau and Suffolk Counties lying
west of a continuous line extending due south from the New York-
Connecticut boundary to the northernmost end of the Sunken Meadow State
Parkway; then south on the Sunken Meadow Parkway to the Sagtikos State
Parkway; then south on the Sagtikos Parkway to the Robert Moses State
Parkway; then south on the Robert Moses Parkway to its southernmost
end; then due south to international waters.
Central Long Island Goose Area (NAP Low Harvest Area)--That area of
Suffolk County lying between the Western and Eastern Long Island Goose
Areas, as defined above.
Western Zone--That area west of a line extending from Lake Ontario
east along the north shore of the Salmon River to I-81, and south along
I-81 to the Pennsylvania border.
Northeastern Zone--That area north of a line extending from Lake
Ontario east along the north shore of the Salmon River to I-81, south
along I-81 to NY 49, east along NY 49 to NY 365, east along NY 365 to
NY 28, east along NY 28 to NY 29, east along NY 29 to I-87, north along
I-87 to U.S. 9 (at Exit 20), north along U.S. 9 to NY 149, east along
NY 149 to U.S. 4, north along U.S. 4 to the Vermont border, exclusive
of the Lake Champlain Zone.
Southeastern Zone--The remaining portion of New York.
Pennsylvania
Southern James Bay Population (SJBP) Zone--The area north of I-80
and west of I-79, including in the city of Erie west of Bay Front
Parkway to and including the Lake Erie Duck Zone (Lake Erie, Presque
Isle, and the area within 150 yards of the Lake Erie Shoreline).
Vermont
Lake Champlain Zone--The U.S. portion of Lake Champlain and that
area north and west of the line extending from the New York border
along U.S. 4 to VT 22A at Fair Haven; VT 22A to U.S. 7 at Vergennes;
U.S. 7 to VT 78 at Swanton; VT 78 to VT 36; VT 36 to Maquam Bay on Lake
Champlain; along and around the shoreline of Maquam Bay and Hog Island
to VT 78 at the West Swanton Bridge; VT 78 to VT 2 in Alburg; VT 2 to
the Richelieu River in Alburg; along the east shore of the Richelieu
River to the Canadian border.
Interior Zone--That portion of Vermont east of the Lake Champlain
Zone and west of a line extending from the Massachusetts border at
Interstate 91; north along Interstate 91 to US 2; east along US 2 to VT
102; north along VT 102 to VT 253; north along VT 253 to the Canadian
border.
Connecticut River Zone--The remaining portion of Vermont east of
the Interior Zone.
Mississippi Flyway
Arkansas
Early Canada Goose Area--Baxter, Benton, Boone, Carroll, Clark,
Conway, Crawford, Faulkner, Franklin, Garland, Hempstead, Hot Springs,
Howard, Johnson, Lafayette, Little River, Logan, Madison, Marion,
Miller, Montgomery, Newton, Perry, Pike, Polk, Pope, Pulaski, Saline,
Searcy, Sebastian, Sevier, Scott, Van Buren, Washington, and Yell
Counties.
Illinois
North September Canada Goose Zone--That portion of the State north
of a line extending west from the Indiana border along Interstate 80 to
I-39, south along I-39 to Illinois Route 18, west along Illinois Route
18 to Illinois Route 29, south along Illinois Route 29 to Illinois
Route 17, west along Illinois Route 17 to the Mississippi River, and
due south across the Mississippi River to the Iowa border.
Central September Canada Goose Zone--That portion of the State
south of the North September Canada Goose Zone line to a line extending
west from the Indiana border along I-70 to Illinois Route 4, south
along Illinois Route 4 to Illinois Route 161, west along Illinois Route
161 to Illinois Route 158, south and west along Illinois Route 158 to
Illinois Route 159, south along Illinois Route 159 to Illinois Route 3,
south along Illinois Route 3 to St. Leo's Road, south along St. Leo's
road to Modoc Road, west along Modoc Road to Modoc Ferry Road,
southwest along Modoc Ferry Road to Levee Road, southeast along Levee
Road to County Route 12 (Modoc Ferry entrance Road), south along County
Route 12 to the Modoc Ferry route and southwest on the Modoc Ferry
route across the Mississippi River to the Missouri border.
South September Canada Goose Zone--That portion of the State south
and east of a line extending west from the Indiana border along
Interstate 70, south along U.S. Highway 45, to Illinois Route 13, west
along Illinois Route 13 to Greenbriar Road, north on Greenbriar Road to
Sycamore Road, west on Sycamore Road to N. Reed Station Road, south on
N. Reed Station Road to Illinois Route 13, west along Illinois Route 13
to Illinois Route 127, south along Illinois Route 127 to State Forest
Road (1025 N), west along State Forest Road to Illinois Route 3, north
along Illinois Route 3 to the south bank of the Big Muddy River, west
along the south bank of the Big Muddy River to the Mississippi River,
west across the Mississippi River to the Missouri border.
[[Page 45398]]
South Central September Canada Goose Zone--The remainder of the
State between the south border of the Central Zone and the North border
of the South Zone
Iowa
North Zone--That portion of the State north of U.S. Highway 20.
South Zone--The remainder of Iowa.
Cedar Rapids/Iowa City Goose Zone--Includes portions of Linn and
Johnson Counties bounded as follows: Beginning at the intersection of
the west border of Linn County and Linn County Road E2W; then south and
east along County Road E2W to Highway 920; then north along Highway 920
to County Road E16; then east along County Road E16 to County Road W58;
then south along County Road W58 to County Road E34; then east along
County Road E34 to Highway 13; then south along Highway 13 to Highway
30; then east along Highway 30 to Highway 1; then south along Highway 1
to Morse Road in Johnson County; then east along Morse Road to Wapsi
Avenue; then south along Wapsi Avenue to Lower West Branch Road; then
west along Lower West Branch Road to Taft Avenue; then south along Taft
Avenue to County Road F62; then west along County Road F62 to Kansas
Avenue; then north along Kansas Avenue to Black Diamond Road; then west
on Black Diamond Road to Jasper Avenue; then north along Jasper Avenue
to Rohert Road; then west along Rohert Road to Ivy Avenue; then north
along Ivy Avenue to 340th Street; then west along 340th Street to Half
Moon Avenue; then north along Half Moon Avenue to Highway 6; then west
along Highway 6 to Echo Avenue; then north along Echo Avenue to 250th
Street; then east on 250th Street to Green Castle Avenue; then north
along Green Castle Avenue to County Road F12; then west along County
Road F12 to County Road W30; then north along County Road W30 to
Highway 151; then north along the Linn-Benton County line to the point
of beginning.
Des Moines Goose Zone--Includes those portions of Polk, Warren,
Madison and Dallas Counties bounded as follows: Beginning at the
intersection of Northwest 158th Avenue and County Road R38 in Polk
County; then south along R38 to Northwest 142nd Avenue; then east along
Northwest 142nd Avenue to Northeast 126th Avenue; then east along
Northeast 126th Avenue to Northeast 46th Street; then south along
Northeast 46th Street to Highway 931; then east along Highway 931 to
Northeast 80th Street; then south along Northeast 80th Street to
Southeast 6th Avenue; then west along Southeast 6th Avenue to Highway
65; then south and west along Highway 65 to Highway 69 in Warren
County; then south along Highway 69 to County Road G24; then west along
County Road G24 to Highway 28; then southwest along Highway 28 to 43rd
Avenue; then north along 43rd Avenue to Ford Street; then west along
Ford Street to Filmore Street; then west along Filmore Street to 10th
Avenue; then south along 10th Avenue to 155th Street in Madison County;
then west along 155th Street to Cumming Road; then north along Cumming
Road to Badger Creek Avenue; then north along Badger Creek Avenue to
County Road F90 in Dallas County; then east along County Road F90 to
County Road R22; then north along County Road R22 to Highway 44; then
east along Highway 44 to County Road R30; then north along County Road
R30 to County Road F31; then east along County Road F31 to Highway 17;
then north along Highway 17 to Highway 415 in Polk County; then east
along Highway 415 to Northwest 158th Avenue; then east along Northwest
158th Avenue to the point of beginning.
Cedar Falls/Waterloo Goose Zone--Includes those portions of Black
Hawk County bounded as follows: Beginning at the intersection of County
Roads C66 and V49 in Black Hawk County, then south along County Road
V49 to County Road D38, then west along County Road D38 to State
Highway 21, then south along State Highway 21 to County Road D35, then
west along County Road D35 to Grundy Road, then north along Grundy Road
to County Road D19, then west along County Road D19 to Butler Road,
then north along Butler Road to County Road C57, then north and east
along County Road C57 to U.S. Highway 63, then south along U.S. Highway
63 to County Road C66, then east along County Road C66 to the point of
beginning.
Michigan
North Zone--Same as North duck zone.
Middle Zone--Same as Middle duck zone.
South Zone--Same as South duck zone.
Minnesota
Northwest Goose Zone--That portion of the State encompassed by a
line extending east from the North Dakota border along U.S. Highway 2
to State Trunk Highway (STH) 32, north along STH 32 to STH 92, east
along STH 92 to County State Aid Highway (CSAH) 2 in Polk County, north
along CSAH 2 to CSAH 27 in Pennington County, north along CSAH 27 to
STH 1, east along STH 1 to CSAH 28 in Pennington County, north along
CSAH 28 to CSAH 54 in Marshall County, north along CSAH 54 to CSAH 9 in
Roseau County, north along CSAH 9 to STH 11, west along STH 11 to STH
310, and north along STH 310 to the Manitoba border.
Intensive Harvest Zone--That portion of the State encompassed by a
line extending east from the junction of US 2 and the North Dakota
border, US 2 east to MN 32 N, MN 32 N to MN 92 S, MN 92 S to MN 200 E,
MN 200 E to US 71 S, US 71 S to US 10 E, US 10 E to MN 101 S, MN 101 S
to Interstate 94 E, Interstate 94 East to US 494 S, US 494 S to US 212
W, US 212 W to MN 23 S, MN 23 S to US 14 W, US 14 W to the South Dakota
border, South Dakota Border north to the North Dakota border, North
Dakota border north to US 2 E.
Rest of State: Remainder of Minnesota.
Wisconsin
Early-Season Subzone A--That portion of the State encompassed by a
line beginning at the intersection of U.S. Highway 141 and the Michigan
border near Niagara, then south along U.S. 141 to State Highway 22,
west and southwest along State 22 to U.S. 45, south along U.S. 45 to
State 22, west and south along State 22 to State 110, south along State
110 to U.S. 10, south along U.S. 10 to State 49, south along State 49
to State 23, west along State 23 to State 73, south along State 73 to
State 60, west along State 60 to State 23, south along State 23 to
State 11, east along State 11 to State 78, then south along State 78 to
the Illinois border.
Early-Season Subzone B--The remainder of the State.
Central Flyway
North Dakota
Missouri River Canada Goose Zone--The area within and bounded by a
line starting where ND Hwy 6 crosses the South Dakota border; then
north on ND Hwy 6 to I-94; then west on I-94 to ND Hwy 49; then north
on ND Hwy 49 to ND Hwy 200; then north on Mercer County Rd. 21 to the
section line between sections 8 and 9 (T146N-R87W); then north on that
section line to the southern shoreline to Lake Sakakawea; then east
along the southern shoreline (including Mallard Island) of Lake
Sakakawea to US Hwy 83; then south on US Hwy 83 to ND Hwy 200; then
east on ND Hwy 200 to ND Hwy 41; then south on ND Hwy 41 to US Hwy 83;
then south on US Hwy 83 to I-94; then east on I-94 to US Hwy 83; then
south on US Hwy 83 to the South
[[Page 45399]]
Dakota border; then west along the South Dakota border to ND Hwy 6.
Rest of State--Remainder of North Dakota.
South Dakota
Special Early Canada Goose Unit--The Counties of Campbell,
Marshall, Roberts, Day, Clark, Codington, Grant, Hamlin, Deuel,
Walworth; that portion of Dewey County north of Bureau of Indian
Affairs Road 8, Bureau of Indian Affairs Road 9, and the section of
U.S. Highway 212 east of the Bureau of Indian Affairs Road 8 junction;
that portion of Potter County east of U.S. Highway 83; that portion of
Sully County east of U.S. Highway 83; portions of Hyde, Buffalo, Brule,
and Charles Mix counties north and east of a line beginning at the
Hughes-Hyde County line on State Highway 34, east to Lees Boulevard,
southeast to the State Highway 34, east 7 miles to 350th Avenue, south
to Interstate 90 on 350th Avenue, south and east on State Highway 50 to
Geddes, east on 285th Street to U.S. Highway 281, and north on U.S.
Highway 281 to the Charles Mix-Douglas County boundary; that portion of
Bon Homme County north of State Highway 50; that portion of Fall River
County west of State Highway 71 and U.S. Highway 385; that portion of
Custer County west of State Highway 79 and north of French Creek;
McPherson, Edmunds, Kingsbury, Brookings, Lake, Moody, Miner, Faulk,
Hand, Jerauld, Douglas, Hutchinson, Turner, Lincoln, Union, Clay,
Yankton, Aurora, Beadle, Davison, Hanson, Sanborn, Spink, Brown,
Harding, Butte, Lawrence, Meade, Pennington, Shannon, Jackson,
Mellette, Todd, Jones, Haakon, Corson, Ziebach, McCook, and Minnehaha
Counties.
Texas
Eastern Goose Zone--East of a line from the International Toll
Bridge at Laredo, north following IH-35 and 35W to Fort Worth,
northwest along U.S. Hwy. 81 and 287 to Bowie, north along U.S. Hwy. 81
to the Texas-Oklahoma State line.
Pacific Flyway
Idaho
East Zone--Bonneville, Caribou, Fremont, and Teton Counties.
Oregon
Northwest Zone--Benton, Clackamas, Clatsop, Columbia, Lane,
Lincoln, Linn, Marion, Polk, Multnomah, Tillamook, Washington, and
Yamhill Counties.
Southwest Zone--Coos, Curry, Douglas, Jackson, Josephine, and
Klamath Counties.
East Zone--Baker, Gilliam, Malheur, Morrow, Sherman, Umatilla,
Union, and Wasco Counties.
Washington
Area 1--Skagit, Island, and Snohomish Counties.
Area 2A (SW Quota Zone)--Clark County, except portions south of the
Washougal River; Cowlitz County; and Wahkiakum County.
Area 2B (SW Quota Zone)--Pacific County.
Area 3--All areas west of the Pacific Crest Trail and west of the
Big White Salmon River that are not included in Areas 1, 2A, and 2B.
Area 4--Adams, Benton, Chelan, Douglas, Franklin, Grant, Kittitas,
Lincoln, Okanogan, Spokane, and Walla Walla Counties.
Area 5--All areas east of the Pacific Crest Trail and east of the
Big White Salmon River that are not included in Area 4.
Ducks
Atlantic Flyway
New York
Lake Champlain Zone--The U.S. portion of Lake Champlain and that
area east and north of a line extending along NY 9B from the Canadian
border to U.S. 9, south along U.S. 9 to NY 22 south of Keesville; south
along NY 22 to the west shore of South Bay, along and around the
shoreline of South Bay to NY 22 on the east shore of South Bay;
southeast along NY 22 to U.S. 4, northeast along U.S. 4 to the Vermont
border.
Long Island Zone--That area consisting of Nassau County, Suffolk
County, that area of Westchester County southeast of I-95, and their
tidal waters.
Western Zone--That area west of a line extending from Lake Ontario
east along the north shore of the Salmon River to I-81, and south along
I-81 to the Pennsylvania border.
Northeastern Zone--That area north of a line extending from Lake
Ontario east along the north shore of the Salmon River to I-81, south
along I-81 to NY 49, east along NY 49 to NY 365, east along NY 365 to
NY 28, east along NY 28 to NY 29, east along NY 29 to I-87, north along
I-87 to U.S. 9 (at Exit 20), north along U.S. 9 to NY 149, east along
NY 149 to U.S. 4, north along U.S. 4 to the Vermont border, exclusive
of the Lake Champlain Zone.
Southeastern Zone--The remaining portion of New York.
Maryland
Special Teal Season Area-- Calvert, Caroline, Cecil, Dorchester,
Harford, Kent, Queen Anne's, St. Mary's, Somerset, Talbot, Wicomico,
and Worcester Counties; that part of Anne Arundel County east of
Interstate 895, Interstate 97, and Route 3; that part of Prince Georges
County east of Route 3 and Route 301; and that part of Charles County
east of Route 301 to the Virginia State Line.
Mississippi Flyway
Indiana
North Zone--That part of Indiana north of a line extending east
from the Illinois border along State Road 18 to U.S. 31; north along
U.S. 31 to U.S. 24; east along U.S. 24 to Huntington; southeast along
U.S. 224; south along State Road 5; and east along State Road 124 to
the Ohio border.
Central Zone--That part of Indiana south of the North Zone boundary
and north of the South Zone boundary.
South Zone--That part of Indiana south of a line extending east
from the Illinois border along U.S. 40; south along U.S. 41; east along
State Road 58; south along State Road 37 to Bedford; and east along
U.S. 50 to the Ohio border.
Iowa
North Zone--That portion of Iowa north of a line beginning on the
South Dakota-Iowa border at Interstate 29, southeast along Interstate
29 to State Highway 175, east along State Highway 175 to State Highway
37, southeast along State Highway 37 to State Highway 183, northeast
along State Highway 183 to State Highway 141, east along State Highway
141 to U.S. Highway 30, and along U.S. Highway 30 to the Illinois
border.
Missouri River Zone--That portion of Iowa west of a line beginning
on the South Dakota-Iowa border at Interstate 29, southeast along
Interstate 29 to State Highway 175, and west along State Highway 175 to
the Iowa-Nebraska border.
South Zone--The remainder of Iowa.
Michigan
North Zone: The Upper Peninsula.
Middle Zone: That portion of the Lower Peninsula north of a line
beginning at the Wisconsin State line in Lake Michigan due west of the
mouth of Stony Creek in Oceana County; then due east to, and easterly
and southerly along the south shore of Stony Creek to Scenic Drive,
easterly and southerly along Scenic Drive to Stony Lake Road, easterly
along Stony Lake and Garfield Roads to Michigan Highway 20, east along
Michigan 20 to U.S. Highway 10 Business Route (BR) in the city of
Midland, easterly along U.S. 10 BR to
[[Page 45400]]
U.S. 10, easterly along U.S. 10 to Interstate Highway 75/U.S. Highway
23, northerly along I-75/U.S. 23 to the U.S. 23 exit at Standish,
easterly along U.S. 23 to the centerline of the Au Gres River, then
southerly along the centerline of the Au Gres River to Saginaw Bay,
then on a line directly east 10 miles into Saginaw Bay, and from that
point on a line directly northeast to the Canadian border.
South Zone: The remainder of Michigan.
Wisconsin
North Zone: That portion of the State north of a line extending
east from the Minnesota State line along U.S. Highway 10 into Portage
County to County Highway HH, east on County Highway HH to State Highway
66 and then east on State Highway 66 to U.S. Highway 10, continuing
east on U.S. Highway 10 to U.S. Highway 41, then north on U.S. Highway
41 to the Michigan State line.
Mississippi River Zone: That area encompassed by a line beginning
at the intersection of the Burlington Northern & Santa Fe Railway and
the Illinois State line in Grant County and extending northerly along
the Burlington Northern & Santa Fe Railway to the city limit of
Prescott in Pierce County, then west along the Prescott city limit to
the Minnesota State line.
South Zone: The remainder of Wisconsin.
Central Flyway
Colorado
Special Teal Season Area--Lake and Chaffee Counties and that
portion of the State east of Interstate Highway 25.
Kansas
High Plains Zone--That portion of the State west of U.S. 283.
Early Zone--That part of Kansas bounded by a line from the
Nebraska-Kansas State line south on K-128 to its junction with U.S.-36,
then east on U.S.-36 to its junction with K-199, then south on K-199 to
its junction with Republic County 30 Rd, then south on Republic County
30 Rd to its junction with K-148, then east on K-148 to its junction
with Republic County 50 Rd, then south on Republic County 50 Rd to its
junction with Cloud County 40th Rd, then south on Cloud County 40th Rd
to its junction with K-9, then west on K-9 to its junction with U.S.-
24, then west on U.S.-24 to its junction with U.S.-281, then north on
U.S.-281 to its junction with U.S.-36, then west on U.S.-36 to its
junction with U.S.-183, then south on U.S.-183 to its junction with
U.S.-24, then west on U.S.-24 to its junction with K-18, then southeast
on K-18 to its junction with U.S.-183, then south on U.S.-183 to its
junction with K-4, then east on K-4 to its junction with I-135, then
south on I-135 to its junction with K-61, then southwest on K-61 to
McPherson County.
14th Avenue, then south on McPherson County 14th Avenue to its
junction with Arapaho Rd, then west on Arapaho Rd to its junction with
K-61, then southwest on K-61 to its junction with K-96, then northwest
on K-96 to its junction with U.S.-56, then southwest on U.S.-56 to its
junction with K-19, then east on K-19 to its junction with U.S.-281,
then south on U.S.-281 to its junction with U.S.-54, then west on U.S.-
54 to its junction with U.S.-183, then north on U.S.-183 to its
junction with U.S.-56, then southwest on U.S.-56 to its junction with
Ford County Rd 126, then south on Ford County Rd 126 to its junction
with U.S.-400, then northwest on U.S.-400 to its junction with U.S.-
283, then north on U.S.-283 to its junction with the Nebraska-Kansas
State line, then east along the Nebraska-Kansas State line to its
junction with K-128.
Late Zone--That part of Kansas bounded by a line from the Nebraska-
Kansas State line south on K-128 to its junction with U.S.-36, then
east on U.S.-36 to its junction with K-199, then south on K-199 to its
junction with Republic County 30 Rd, then south on Republic County 30
Rd to its junction with K-148, then east on K-148 to its junction with
Republic County 50 Rd, then south on Republic County 50 Rd to its
junction with Cloud County 40th Rd, then south on Cloud County 40th Rd
to its junction with K-9, then west on K-9 to its junction with U.S.-
24, then west on U.S.-24 to its junction with U.S.-281, then north on
U.S.-281 to its junction with U.S.-36, then west on U.S.-36 to its
junction with U.S.-183, then south on U.S.-183 to its junction with
U.S.-24, then west on U.S.-24 to its junction with K-18, then southeast
on K-18 to its junction with U.S.-183, then south on U.S.-183 to its
junction with K-4, then east on K-4 to its junction with I-135, then
south on I-135 to its junction with K-61, then southwest on K-61 to
14th Avenue, then south on 14th Avenue to its junction with Arapaho Rd,
then west on Arapaho Rd to its junction with K-61, then southwest on K-
61 to its junction with K-96, then northwest on K-96 to its junction
with U.S.-56, then southwest on U.S.-56 to its junction with K-19, then
east on K-19 to its junction with U.S.-281, then south on U.S.-281 to
its junction with U.S.-54, then west on U.S.-54 to its junction with
U.S.-183, then north on U.S.-183 to its junction with U.S.-56, then
southwest on U.S.-56 to its junction with Ford County Rd 126, then
south on Ford County Rd 126 to its junction with U.S.-400, then
northwest on U.S.-400 to its junction with U.S.-283, then south on
U.S.-283 to its junction with the Oklahoma-Kansas State line, then east
along the Oklahoma-Kansas State line to its junction with U.S.-77, then
north on U.S.-77 to its junction with Butler County, NE 150th Street,
then east on Butler County, NE 150th Street to its junction with U.S.-
35, then northeast on U.S.-35 to its junction with K-68, then east on
K-68 to the Kansas-Missouri State line, then north along the Kansas-
Missouri State line to its junction with the Nebraska State line, then
west along the Kansas-Nebraska State line to its junction with K-128.
Southeast Zone--That part of Kansas bounded by a line from the
Missouri-Kansas State line west on K-68 to its junction with U.S.-35,
then southwest on U.S.-35 to its junction with Butler County, NE 150th
Street, then west on NE 150th Street until its junction with K-77, then
south on K-77 to the Oklahoma-Kansas State line, then east along the
Kansas-Oklahoma State line to its junction with the Missouri State
line, then north along the Kansas-Missouri State line to its junction
with K-68.
Nebraska
Special Teal Season Area--That portion of the State south of a line
beginning at the Wyoming State line; east along U.S. 26 to Nebraska
Highway L62A east to U.S. 385; south to U.S. 26; east to NE 92; east
along NE 92 to NE 61; south along NE 61 to U.S. 30; east along U.S. 30
to the Iowa border.
High Plains--That portion of Nebraska lying west of a line
beginning at the South Dakota-Nebraska border on U.S. Hwy. 183; south
on U.S. Hwy. 183 to U.S. Hwy. 20; west on U.S. Hwy. 20 to NE Hwy. 7;
south on NE Hwy. 7 to NE Hwy. 91; southwest on NE Hwy. 91 to NE Hwy. 2;
southeast on NE Hwy. 2 to NE Hwy. 92; west on NE Hwy. 92 to NE Hwy. 40;
south on NE Hwy. 40 to NE Hwy. 47; south on NE Hwy. 47 to NE Hwy. 23;
east on NE Hwy. 23 to U.S. Hwy. 283; and south on U.S. Hwy. 283 to the
Kansas-Nebraska border.
Zone 1--Area bounded by designated Federal and State highways and
political boundaries beginning at the South Dakota-Nebraska border west
of NE Hwy. 26E Spur and north of NE Hwy. 12; those portions of Dixon,
Cedar and Knox Counties north of NE Hwy. 12; that portion of Keya Paha
County
[[Page 45401]]
east of U.S. Hwy. 183; and all of Boyd County. Both banks of the
Niobrara River in Keya Paha and Boyd counties east of U.S. Hwy. 183
shall be included in Zone 1.
Zone 2--The area south of Zone 1 and north of Zone 3.
Zone 3--Area bounded by designated Federal and State highways,
County Roads, and political boundaries beginning at the Wyoming-
Nebraska border at the intersection of the Interstate Canal; east along
northern borders of Scotts Bluff and Morrill Counties to Broadwater
Road; south to Morrill County Rd 94; east to County Rd 135; south to
County Rd 88; southeast to County Rd 151; south to County Rd 80; east
to County Rd 161; south to County Rd 76; east to County Rd 165; south
to Country Rd 167; south to U.S. Hwy. 26; east to County Rd 171; north
to County Rd 68; east to County Rd 183; south to County Rd 64; east to
County Rd 189; north to County Rd 70; east to County Rd 201; south to
County Rd 60A; east to County Rd 203; south to County Rd 52; east to
Keith County Line; east along the northern boundaries of Keith and
Lincoln Counties to NE Hwy. 97; south to U.S. Hwy 83; south to E Hall
School Rd; east to N Airport Road; south to U.S. Hwy. 30; east to
Merrick County Rd 13; north to County Rd O; east to NE Hwy. 14; north
to NE Hwy. 52; west and north to NE Hwy. 91; west to U.S. Hwy. 281;
south to NE Hwy. 22; west to NE Hwy. 11; northwest to NE Hwy. 91; west
to U.S. Hwy. 183; south to Round Valley Rd; west to Sargent River Rd;
west to Sargent Rd; west to Milburn Rd; north to Blaine County Line;
east to Loup County Line; north to NE Hwy. 91; west to North Loup Spur
Rd; north to North Loup River Rd; east to Pleasant Valley/Worth Rd;
east to Loup County Line; north to Loup-Brown county line; east along
northern boundaries of Loup and Garfield Counties to Cedar River Rd;
south to NE Hwy. 70; east to U.S. Hwy. 281; north to NE Hwy. 70; east
to NE Hwy. 14; south to NE Hwy. 39; southeast to NE Hwy. 22; east to
U.S. Hwy. 81; southeast to U.S. Hwy. 30; east to U.S. Hwy. 75; north to
the Washington County line; east to the Iowa-Nebraska border; south to
the Missouri-Nebraska border; south to Kansas-Nebraska border; west
along Kansas-Nebraska border to Colorado-Nebraska border; north and
west to Wyoming-Nebraska border; north to intersection of Interstate
Canal; and excluding that area in Zone 4.
Zone 4--Area encompassed by designated Federal and State highways
and County Roads beginning at the intersection of NE Hwy. 8 and U.S.
Hwy. 75; north to U.S. Hwy. 136; east to the intersection of U.S. Hwy.
136 and the Steamboat Trace (Trace); north along the Trace to the
intersection with Federal Levee R-562; north along Federal Levee R-562
to the intersection with the Trace; north along the Trace/Burlington
Northern Railroad right-of-way to NE Hwy. 2; west to U.S. Hwy. 75;
north to NE Hwy. 2; west to NE Hwy. 43; north to U.S. Hwy. 34; east to
NE Hwy. 63; north to NE Hwy. 66; north and west to U.S. Hwy. 77; north
to NE Hwy. 92; west to NE Hwy. Spur 12F; south to Butler County Rd 30;
east to County Rd X; south to County Rd 27; west to County Rd W; south
to County Rd 26; east to County Rd X; south to County Rd 21 (Seward
County Line); west to NE Hwy. 15; north to County Rd 34; west to County
Rd J; south to NE Hwy. 92; west to U.S. Hwy. 81; south to NE Hwy. 66;
west to Polk County Rd C; north to NE Hwy. 92; west to U.S. Hwy. 30;
west to Merrick County Rd 17; south to Hordlake Road; southeast to
Prairie Island Road; southeast to Hamilton County Rd T; south to NE
Hwy. 66; west to NE Hwy. 14; south to County Rd 22; west to County Rd
M; south to County Rd 21; west to County Rd K; south to U.S. Hwy. 34;
west to NE Hwy. 2; south to U.S. Hwy. I-80; west to Gunbarrel Rd (Hall/
Hamilton county line); south to Giltner Rd; west to U.S. Hwy. 281;
south to U.S. Hwy. 34; west to NE Hwy. 10; north to Kearney County Rd R
and Phelps County Rd 742; west to U.S. Hwy. 283; south to U.S. Hwy 34;
east to U.S. Hwy. 136; east to U.S. Hwy. 183; north to NE Hwy. 4; east
to NE Hwy. 10; south to U.S. Hwy. 136; east to NE Hwy. 14; south to NE
Hwy. 8; east to U.S. Hwy. 81; north to NE Hwy. 4; east to NE Hwy. 15;
south to U.S. Hwy. 136; east to NE Hwy. 103; south to NE Hwy. 8; east
to U.S. Hwy. 75.
New Mexico (Central Flyway Portion)
North Zone--That portion of the State north of I-40 and U.S. 54.
South Zone--The remainder of New Mexico.
Pacific Flyway
California
Northeastern Zone--In that portion of California lying east and
north of a line beginning at the intersection of Interstate 5 with the
California-Oregon line; south along Interstate 5 to its junction with
Walters Lane south of the town of Yreka; west along Walters Lane to its
junction with Easy Street; south along Easy Street to the junction with
Old Highway 99; south along Old Highway 99 to the point of intersection
with Interstate 5 north of the town of Weed; south along Interstate 5
to its junction with Highway 89; east and south along Highway 89 to
Main Street Greenville; north and east to its junction with North
Valley Road; south to its junction of Diamond Mountain Road; north and
east to its junction with North Arm Road; south and west to the
junction of North Valley Road; south to the junction with Arlington
Road (A22); west to the junction of Highway 89; south and west to the
junction of Highway 70; east on Highway 70 to Highway 395; south and
east on Highway 395 to the point of intersection with the California-
Nevada State line; north along the California-Nevada State line to the
junction of the California-Nevada-Oregon State lines west along the
California-Oregon State line to the point of origin.
Colorado River Zone--Those portions of San Bernardino, Riverside,
and Imperial Counties east of a line extending from the Nevada border
south along U.S. 95 to Vidal Junction; south on a road known as
``Aqueduct Road'' in San Bernardino County through the town of Rice to
the San Bernardino-Riverside County line; south on a road known in
Riverside County as the ``Desert Center to Rice Road'' to the town of
Desert Center; east 31 miles on I-10 to the Wiley Well Road; south on
this road to Wiley Well; southeast along the Army-Milpitas Road to the
Blythe, Brawley, Davis Lake intersections; south on the Blythe-Brawley
paved road to the Ogilby and Tumco Mine Road; south on this road to
U.S. 80; east 7 miles on U.S. 80 to the Andrade-Algodones Road; south
on this paved road to the Mexican border at Algodones, Mexico.
Southern Zone--That portion of southern California (but excluding
the Colorado River Zone) south and east of a line extending from the
Pacific Ocean east along the Santa Maria River to CA 166 near the City
of Santa Maria; east on CA 166 to CA 99; south on CA 99 to the crest of
the Tehachapi Mountains at Tejon Pass; east and north along the crest
of the Tehachapi Mountains to CA 178 at Walker Pass; east on CA 178 to
U.S. 395 at the town of Inyokern; south on U.S. 395 to CA 58; east on
CA 58 to I-15; east on I-15 to CA 127; north on CA 127 to the Nevada
border.
Southern San Joaquin Valley Temporary Zone--All of Kings and Tulare
Counties and that portion of Kern County north of the Southern Zone.
Balance-of-the-State Zone--The remainder of California not included
in the Northeastern, Southern, and Colorado River Zones, and the
Southern San Joaquin Valley Temporary Zone.
[[Page 45402]]
Canada Geese
Michigan
North Zone--Same as North duck zone.
Middle Zone--Same as Middle duck zone.
South Zone--Same as South duck zone.
Tuscola/Huron Goose Management Unit (GMU): Those portions of
Tuscola and Huron Counties bounded on the south by Michigan Highway 138
and Bay City Road, on the east by Colwood and Bay Port Roads, on the
north by Kilmanagh Road and a line extending directly west off the end
of Kilmanagh Road into Saginaw Bay to the west boundary, and on the
west by the Tuscola-Bay County line and a line extending directly north
off the end of the Tuscola-Bay County line into Saginaw Bay to the
north boundary.
Allegan County GMU: That area encompassed by a line beginning at
the junction of 136th Avenue and Interstate Highway 196 in Lake Town
Township and extending easterly along 136th Avenue to Michigan Highway
40, southerly along Michigan 40 through the city of Allegan to 108th
Avenue in Trowbridge Township, westerly along 108th Avenue to 46th
Street, northerly along 46th Street to 109th Avenue, westerly along
109th Avenue to I-196 in Casco Township, then northerly along I-196 to
the point of beginning.
Saginaw County GMU: That portion of Saginaw County bounded by
Michigan Highway 46 on the north; Michigan 52 on the west; Michigan 57
on the south; and Michigan 13 on the east.
Muskegon Wastewater GMU: That portion of Muskegon County within the
boundaries of the Muskegon County wastewater system, east of the
Muskegon State Game Area, in sections 5, 6, 7, 8, 17, 18, 19, 20, 29,
30, and 32, T10N R14W, and sections 1, 2, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 24, and
25, T10N R15W, as posted.
Wisconsin
Same zones as for ducks but in addition:
Horicon Zone: That area encompassed by a line beginning at the
intersection of State Highway 21 and the Fox River in Winnebago County
and extending westerly along State 21 to the west boundary of Winnebago
County, southerly along the west boundary of Winnebago County to the
north boundary of Green Lake County, westerly along the north
boundaries of Green Lake and Marquette Counties to State 22, southerly
along State 22 to State 33, westerly along State 33 to Interstate
Highway 39, southerly along Interstate Highway 39 to Interstate Highway
90/94, southerly along I-90/94 to State 60, easterly along State 60 to
State 83, northerly along State 83 to State 175, northerly along State
175 to State 33, easterly along State 33 to U.S. Highway 45, northerly
along U.S. 45 to the east shore of the Fond Du Lac River, northerly
along the east shore of the Fond Du Lac River to Lake Winnebago,
northerly along the western shoreline of Lake Winnebago to the Fox
River, then westerly along the Fox River to State 21.
Exterior Zone: That portion of the State not included in the
Horicon Zone.
Mississippi River Subzone: That area encompassed by a line
beginning at the intersection of the Burlington Northern & Santa Fe
Railway and the Illinois State line in Grant County and extending
northerly along the Burlington Northern & Santa Fe Railway to the city
limit of Prescott in Pierce County, then west along the Prescott city
limit to the Minnesota State line.
Brown County Subzone: That area encompassed by a line beginning at
the intersection of the Fox River with Green Bay in Brown County and
extending southerly along the Fox River to State Highway 29,
northwesterly along State 29 to the Brown County line, south, east, and
north along the Brown County line to Green Bay, due west to the
midpoint of the Green Bay Ship Channel, then southwesterly along the
Green Bay Ship Channel to the Fox River.
Sandhill Cranes
Mississippi Flyway
Minnesota
Northwest Goose Zone--That portion of the State encompassed by a
line extending east from the North Dakota border along U.S. Highway 2
to State Trunk Highway (STH) 32, north along STH 32 to STH 92, east
along STH 92 to County State Aid Highway (CSAH) 2 in Polk County, north
along CSAH 2 to CSAH 27 in Pennington County, north along CSAH 27 to
STH 1, east along STH 1 to CSAH 28 in Pennington County, north along
CSAH 28 to CSAH 54 in Marshall County, north along CSAH 54 to CSAH 9 in
Roseau County, north along CSAH 9 to STH 11, west along STH 11 to STH
310, and north along STH 310 to the Manitoba border.
Tennessee
Hunt Zone--That portion of the State south of Interstate 40 and
east of State Highway 56.
Closed Zone--Remainder of the State.
Central Flyway
Colorado--The Central Flyway portion of the State except the San
Luis Valley (Alamosa, Conejos, Costilla, Hinsdale, Mineral, Rio Grande,
and Saguache Counties east of the Continental Divide) and North Park
(Jackson County).
Kansas--That portion of the State west of a line beginning at the
Oklahoma border, north on I-35 to Wichita, north on I-135 to Salina,
and north on U.S. 81 to the Nebraska border.
Montana--The Central Flyway portion of the State except for that
area south and west of Interstate 90, which is closed to sandhill crane
hunting.
New Mexico
Regular-Season Open Area--Chaves, Curry, De Baca, Eddy, Lea, Quay,
and Roosevelt Counties.
Middle Rio Grande Valley Area--The Central Flyway portion of New
Mexico in Socorro and Valencia Counties.
Estancia Valley Area--Those portions of Santa Fe, Torrance and
Bernallilo Counties within an area bounded on the west by New Mexico
Highway 55 beginning at Mountainair north to NM 337, north to NM 14,
north to I-25; on the north by I-25 east to U.S. 285; on the east by
U.S. 285 south to U.S. 60; and on the south by U.S. 60 from U.S. 285
west to NM 55 in Mountainair.
Southwest Zone--Area bounded on the south by the New Mexico/Mexico
border; on the west by the New Mexico/Arizona border north to
Interstate 10; on the north by Interstate 10 east to U.S. 180, north to
N.M. 26, east to N.M. 27, north to N.M. 152, and east to Interstate 25;
on the east by Interstate 25 south to Interstate 10, west to the Luna
county line, and south to the New Mexico/Mexico border.
North Dakota
Area 1--That portion of the State west of U.S. 281.
Area 2--That portion of the State east of U.S. 281.
Oklahoma--That portion of the State west of I-35.
South Dakota--That portion of the State west of U.S. 281.
Texas
Zone A--That portion of Texas lying west of a line beginning at the
international toll bridge at Laredo, then northeast along U.S. Highway
81 to its junction with Interstate Highway 35 in Laredo, then north
along Interstate Highway 35 to its junction with Interstate Highway 10
in San Antonio, then northwest along Interstate Highway 10 to its
junction with U.S. Highway 83 at Junction, then north along U.S.
[[Page 45403]]
Highway 83 to its junction with U.S. Highway 62, 16 miles north of
Childress, then east along U.S. Highway 62 to the Texas-Oklahoma State
line.
Zone B--That portion of Texas lying within boundaries beginning at
the junction of U.S. Highway 81 and the Texas-Oklahoma State line, then
southeast along U.S. Highway 81 to its junction with U.S. Highway 287
in Montague County, then southeast along U.S. Highway 287 to its
junction with Interstate Highway 35W in Fort Worth, then southwest
along Interstate Highway 35 to its junction with Interstate Highway 10
in San Antonio, then northwest along Interstate Highway 10 to its
junction with U.S. Highway 83 in the town of Junction, then north along
U.S. Highway 83 to its junction with U.S. Highway 62, 16 miles north of
Childress, then east along U.S. Highway 62 to the Texas-Oklahoma State
line, then south along the Texas-Oklahoma State line to the south bank
of the Red River, then eastward along the vegetation line on the south
bank of the Red River to U.S. Highway 81.
Zone C--The remainder of the State, except for the closed areas.
Closed areas--(A) That portion of the State lying east and north of
a line beginning at the junction of U.S. Highway 81 and the Texas-
Oklahoma State line, then southeast along U.S. Highway 81 to its
junction with U.S. Highway 287 in Montague County, then southeast along
U.S. Highway 287 to its junction with Interstate Highway 35W in Fort
Worth, then southwest along Interstate Highway 35 to its junction with
U.S. Highway 290 East in Austin, then east along U.S. Highway 290 to
its junction with Interstate Loop 610 in Harris County, then south and
east along Interstate Loop 610 to its junction with Interstate Highway
45 in Houston, then south on Interstate Highway 45 to State Highway
342, then to the shore of the Gulf of Mexico, and then north and east
along the shore of the Gulf of Mexico to the Texas-Louisiana State
line.
(B) That portion of the State lying within the boundaries of a line
beginning at the Kleberg-Nueces County line and the shore of the Gulf
of Mexico, then west along the County line to Park Road 22 in Nueces
County, then north and west along Park Road 22 to its junction with
State Highway 358 in Corpus Christi, then west and north along State
Highway 358 to its junction with State Highway 286, then north along
State Highway 286 to its junction with Interstate Highway 37, then east
along Interstate Highway 37 to its junction with U.S. Highway 181, then
north and west along U.S. Highway 181 to its junction with U.S. Highway
77 in Sinton, then north and east along U.S. Highway 77 to its junction
with U.S. Highway 87 in Victoria, then south and east along U.S.
Highway 87 to its junction with State Highway 35 at Port Lavaca, then
north and east along State Highway 35 to the south end of the Lavaca
Bay Causeway, then south and east along the shore of Lavaca Bay to its
junction with the Port Lavaca Ship Channel, then south and east along
the Lavaca Bay Ship Channel to the Gulf of Mexico, and then south and
west along the shore of the Gulf of Mexico to the Kleberg-Nueces County
line.
Wyoming
Regular Season Open Area--Campbell, Converse, Crook, Goshen,
Laramie, Niobrara, Platte, and Weston Counties, and portions of Johnson
and Sheridan Counties.
Riverton-Boysen Unit--Portions of Fremont County.
Park and Big Horn County Unit--All of Big Horn, Hot Springs, Park
and Washakie Counties.
Pacific Flyway
Arizona
Special Season Area--Game Management Units 28, 30A, 30B, 31, and
32.
Idaho
Special Season Area--See State regulations.
Montana
Special Season Area--See State regulations.
Utah
Special Season Area--Rich, Cache, and Unitah Counties and that
portion of Box Elder County beginning on the Utah-Idaho State line at
the Box Elder-Cache County line; west on the State line to the
Pocatello Valley County Road; south on the Pocatello Valley County Road
to I-15; southeast on I-15 to SR-83; south on SR-83 to Lamp Junction;
west and south on the Promontory Point County Road to the tip of
Promontory Point; south from Promontory Point to the Box Elder-Weber
County line; east on the Box Elder-Weber County line to the Box Elder-
Cache County line; north on the Box Elder-Cache County line to the
Utah-Idaho State line.
Wyoming
Bear River Area--That portion of Lincoln County described in State
regulations.
Salt River Area--That portion of Lincoln County described in State
regulations.
Farson-Eden Area--Those portions of Sweetwater and Sublette
Counties described in State regulations.
Uinta County Area--That portion of Uinta County described in State
regulations.
All Migratory Game Birds in Alaska
North Zone--State Game Management Units 11-13 and 17-26.
Gulf Coast Zone--State Game Management Units 5-7, 9, 14-16, and 10
(Unimak Island only).
Southeast Zone--State Game Management Units 1-4.
Pribilof and Aleutian Islands Zone--State Game Management Unit 10
(except Unimak Island).
Kodiak Zone--State Game Management Unit 8.
All Migratory Game Birds in the Virgin Islands
Ruth Cay Closure Area--The island of Ruth Cay, just south of St.
Croix.
All Migratory Game Birds in Puerto Rico
Municipality of Culebra Closure Area--All of the municipality of
Culebra.
Desecheo Island Closure Area--All of Desecheo Island.
Mona Island Closure Area--All of Mona Island.
Verde Closure Area--Those areas of the municipalities of Rio Grande
and Loiza delineated as follows: (1) All lands between Routes 956 on
the west and 186 on the east, from Route 3 on the north to the juncture
of Routes 956 and 186 (Km 13.2) in the south; (2) all lands between
Routes 186 and 966 from the juncture of 186 and 966 on the north, to
the Caribbean National Forest Boundary on the south; (3) all lands
lying west of Route 186 for 1 kilometer from the juncture of Routes 186
and 956 south to Km 6 on Route 186; (4) all lands within Km 14 and Km 6
on the west and the Caribbean National Forest Boundary on the east; and
(5) all lands within the Caribbean National Forest Boundary whether
private or public.
Cidra Municipality and adjacent areas--All of Cidra Municipality
and portions of Aguas Buenas, Caguas, Cayey, and Comerio Municipalities
as encompassed within the following boundary: Beginning on Highway 172
as it leaves the municipality of Cidra on the west edge, north to
Highway 156, east on Highway 156 to Highway 1, south on Highway 1 to
Highway 765, south on Highway 765 to Highway 763, south on Highway 763
to the Rio
[[Page 45404]]
Guavate, west along Rio Guavate to Highway 1, southwest on Highway 1 to
Highway 14, west on Highway 14 to Highway 729, north on Highway 729 to
Cidra Municipality boundary to the point of the beginning.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP26JY13.014
[FR Doc. 2013-17876 Filed 7-25-13; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 4310-55-P